Home

22C-UM001 - Rockwell Automation

Contents

1. Drive Weight Packaged Weight Frame KW HP kg Ibs kg Ibs 240V AC 3 Phase c 2 2 3 0 2 89 6 4 3 41 7 5 c 4 0 5 0 2 97 6 5 3 49 7 7 c 5 5 7 5 3 72 8 2 4 27 9 4 c 7 5 10 3 78 8 3 4 33 9 5 D 11 15 12 1 26 7 13 4 29 5 D 15 20 12 7 28 0 14 30 9 D 18 5 25 12 7 28 0 14 30 9 D 22 30 12 7 28 0 14 30 9 E 30 40 38 83 8 48 2 106 3 E 37 50 38 83 8 48 2 106 3 480V AC 3 Phase c 2 2 3 0 2 87 6 3 3 39 7 5 C 4 0 5 0 3 03 6 7 3 55 7 8 c 5 5 7 5 3 65 8 0 4 2 9 3 c 7 5 10 3 75 8 3 4 3 9 5 c 11 15 6 41 14 1 7 41 16 3 c 15 20 6 47 14 3 7 49 16 5 D 18 5 25 12 7 28 0 14 30 9 D 22 30 12 7 28 0 14 30 9 D 30 40 14 3 31 5 15 6 34 4 E 37 50 36 79 4 46 2 101 9 E 45 60 36 79 4 46 2 101 9 E 55 75 41 90 4 51 2 112 9 E 75 100 41 90 4 51 2 112 9 F 90 125 78 172 0 88 194 0 F 110 150 78 172 0 88 194 0 G 132 200 89 196 2 106 233 7 G 160 250 89 196 2 106 233 7 H 200 300 157 346 1 177 390 2 H 250 350 157 346 1 177 390 2 240V AC 3 Phase Plate Drive c 2 2 3 0 2 66 5 9 3 26 7 2 c 4 0 5 0 2 74 6 0 3 34 7 4 C 5 5 7 5 3 15 6 9 3 75 8 3 c 7 5 10 3 21 7 1 3 81 8 4 480V AC 3 Phase Plate Drive c 2 2 3 0 2 63 5 8 3 23 7 1 c 4 0 5 0 2 77 6 1 3 37 7 4 c 5 5 7 5 3 04 6 7 3
2. Input Protection T i l Input Protection Ta T TA l Or 1 Sy i si T T 4 4 Ra 1 R 1 H T ma 1 1 l 1 is a e rd MEN Three Phase Input Single Phase Input Figure A 2 Frame F Connections Be g ata U A TA TE IED i Input Protection T Input Protection Ti r TIR Lio 1 S l 1 Sa TA 1 or Ra 1 R L ti T ma 1 1 I 1 IA naa O e a Three Phase Input Single Phase Input Note Frames G and H do not support single phase operation PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOOtI EN P A 8 Supplemental Drive Information Notes PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UM001I EN P Appendix B Accessories and Dimensions Product Selection Table B 1 Catalog Number Description 22C B 024 N 1 0 3 Drive Voltage Rating Rating Enclosure HIM Emission Class Comm Slot Table B 2 PowerFlex 400 Drives Drive Ratings Output Current Amps Frame Input Voltage kw HP 45 C 50 C Catalog Number Size 240V 50 60 Hz 22 3 0 12 12 22C BOt2N108 c 3 Phase 37 5 0 175 17 5 122C B017N103 c 55 75 24 24 22C B024N103 c 75 10 33 33 22C B038N103 c 11 15 49 49 22C B049A103 D 15 20 65 65 22C B065A103 D 18 5 25 75 75 22C B075A103 D 22 30 90 81 22C B090A103 D
3. 1 32 Installation Wiring Essential Requirements for CE Compliance Conditions 1 4 listed below must be satisfied for PowerFlex drives to meet the requirements of EN61800 3 1 Grounding as described in Figure 1 14 Refer to page 1 12 for additional grounding recommendations 2 Output power control I O and signal wiring must be braided shielded cable with a coverage of 75 or better metal conduit or equivalent attenuation 3 All shielded cables should terminate with the proper shield connector 4 Conditions in Table 1 K Table 1 K PowerFlex 400 EN61800 3 Compliance PowerFlex 400 Drive _ First Environment Restricted First Environment Unrestricted kW HP Cat No Required Filter Restrict jInstall Drive Required Filter Restrict Install Drive 22C Allen Bradley Motor and Filter in Motor and Filter in Cable to Shielded Cable to Shielded Meters Enclosure Meters Enclosure 200 240 Volts 2 2 3 0 BO12N103 22 RF034 CS 10 No 22 RF034 CS 1 Required 3 7 6 0 JBO17N103 22 RF034 CS 10 No 22 RF034 CS 1 Required 5 5 7 5 B024N103 22 RF034 CS 10 No 22 RF034 CS 1 Required 7 5 10 BO33N103 22 RF034 CS 10 No 22 RF034 CS 1 Required 11 15 B049A103 22 RFD070 150 Required Deltron MIF Series 50 Required 15 20 B065A103 22 RFD100 150 Required Deltron MIF Series 50 Required 18 5 25 B075A103 22 RFD100 150 Required Deltron MIF Series 50 Required 22 30 B090A103 22 RFD15
4. R L1 a Ground Fault Monitoring If a system ground fault monitor RCD is to be used only Type B adjustable devices should be used to avoid nuisance tripping Safety Ground PE This is the safety ground for the drive that is required by code One of these points must be connected to adjacent building steel girder joist a floor ground rod or bus bar Grounding points must comply with national and local industrial safety regulations and or electrical codes Motor Ground The motor ground must be connected to one of the ground terminals on the drive Shield Termination SHLD Either of the safety ground terminals located on the power terminal block provides a grounding point for the motor cable shield The motor cable shield connected to one of these terminals drive end should also be connected to the motor frame motor end Use a shield terminating or EMI clamp to connect the shield to the safety ground terminal The conduit box may be used with a cable clamp for a grounding point for the cable shield When shielded cable is used for control and signal wiring the shield should be grounded at the source end only not at the drive end PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOOtI EN P 1 12 Installation Wiring RFI Filter Grounding Using an extern
5. Required Settings DIP Switch AN 10V Parameters P038 Speed Reference 2 Analog In1 T069 Analog In 1 Sel 2 0 10V Scaling T070 Analog In 1 Lo T071 Analog In 1 Hi Check Results d305 Analog In 1 DIP Switch Al2 10V Parameters P038 Speed Reference 3 Analog In2 T073 Analog In 2 Sel 3 10 to 10V Scaling T074 Analog In 2 Lo T075 Analog In 2 Hi Check Results 306 Analog In 2 DIP Switch AN 10V Parameters P038 Speed Reference 2 Analog In1 T069 Analog In 1 Sel 2 0 10V Scaling T070 Analog In 1 Lo T071 Analog In 1 Hi Check Results d305 Analog In 1 DIP Switch Al 20MA Parameters P038 Speed Reference 2 Analog In1 T069 Analog In 1 Sel 1 4 20 mA Scaling T070 Analog In 1 Lo T071 Analog In 1 Hi Check Results 305 Analog In 1 DIP Switch AO1 10V Parameters T082 Analog Out Sel 0 through 6 Scaling T083 Analog Outt High T084 Analog Out Setpt PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOO1l EN P Input Output Analog Output Unipolar 4 20 mA Output e 525 Ohm Maximum 2 Wire Control Sourcing SRC Internal Supply Non Reversing e Input must be active for the drive to run e When input is opened the drive will stop as specified by P037 Stop Mode e Drive will not run if I O Terminal 01 is open Driv
6. 480 0 18 90 1119 0 44 06 1363 8 53 69 U k 358 6 14 12 j PE 4 489 6 19 28 gt k 74137 16 29 ti 115 5 4 55 A 39 6 1 56 Ple PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UM0011 EN P Accessories and Dimensions B 15 Figure B 7 PowerFlex 400 Frame C Flange Mount Drive Dimensions are in millimeters and inches 130 3 A 300 l 6191058 138 2 11 81 4 17 i 5 44 i 4 x e e e 325 lo o 12 8 i d e e i i jiem o f amp ie d ie a 22B CCC AN l Cutout Dimensions 6 oye 164 5 ae 0 31 6 46 0 21 r ra il 307 5 12 11 i o l 230 6 i 9 08 291 5 11 48 x 4 153 8 i 6 06 l o 76 9 3 03 LU jA 90 fid it 8 Le 90 L j 8547773790 31 7 09 PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOOtI EN P B 16 Accessories and Dimensions Figure B 8
7. Motor 2 Motor 3 Motor 4 3 AC Line ACLine AC Line Motor 1 Motor 1 Motor 2 Motor 2 4 Drive AC Line Drive AC Line gt Motor 1 Motor 1 Motor 2 Motor 2 Motor 3 Motor 3 5 Drive AC Line Drive AC Line Drive AC Line Motor 1 Motor 1 Motor 2 Motor 2 Motor 3 Motor 3 Motor 4 Motor 4 6 Drive AC Line Drive AC Line Drive AC Line Drive AC Line 1 Important Proper wiring and parameter configuration of Aux Motor Control functions are especially important when us ing AutoSwap Improper wiring or configuration could result in line power being applied to the drive outputs Verify system operation before connecting auxiliary motor contactor outputs R241 Aux 1 Start Freq R244 Aux 2 Start Freq R247 Aux 3 Start Freq Sets the frequency that causes the next available auxiliary motor to turn on Values Default 50 0 Hz Min Max 0 0 320 0 Hz Display 0 1 Hz PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UM001I EN P 3 58 Programming and Parameters Aux Relay Card Group continued R242 Aux 1 Stop Freq R245 Aux 2 Stop Freq R248 Aux 3 Stop Freq Sets the frequency that causes the next running auxiliary motor to turn off Values Default 25 0 Hz Min Max 0 0 320 0 Hz Display 0 1 Hz R243 Aux 1 Ref Add R246 Aux 2 Ref Add R249 Aux 3 Ref Add Sets the amount to
8. 300 11 81 PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOOtI EN P B 20 Accessories and Dimensions Catalog Numbers 22 RFD323 and 22 RFD480 lt A gt je D gt kal F l I I jp 029 al ka G B E G J ke G 7709 0 35 Yie x8 j p 12 5 o JL 10 gt 0 49 0 39 Le 50 ply 60 pe 60 sl 1 97 2 36 2 36 3 0123 no x Mit es j pis kt TAA A 10 8 me si gt 0 43 Catalog Number 22 RFD323 300 11 81 735 28 94 145 5 71 275 10 83 689 27 13 64 2 52 180 7 09 22 RFD480 300 11 81 882 34 72 145 5 71 275 10 83 836 32 91 64 2 52 240 9 45 PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UM0011 EN P Accessories and Dimensions B 21 Figure B 11 Remote Panel Mount Small HIM Dimensions are in millimeters and inches Catalog Number 22 HIM C2S lt 25 lt 93 gt 0 98 3 66 1 e 180 ji i 7 09 PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOOtI EN P B 22 Accessories and Dimensions Figure B 12 NEMA Type 1 Bezel Dimensions are in millimeters
9. 8 l EE A ker bp Catalog Weight Number Model A B c D E F kg Ibs 1321 DC9 2 JA 95 3 75 83 3 25 51 2 00 80 3 13 4 7 0 19 1321 DC12 1 A 95 3 75 83 3 25 44 1 75 80 3 13 4 7 0 19 1321 DC12 2 B 97 3 81 114 4 50 72 2 82 51 2 00 80 3 13 5x8 20x 33 15 9 13 0 1321 DC18 1 A 95 3 75 83 3 25 51 2 00 80 3 13 4 7 0 19 1321 DC18 4 B 118 4 63 133 5 25 102 4 00 64 2 50 95 3 75 5x8 20x 33 3 6 8 0 1321 DC25 4 B 97 3 81 114 4 50 76 3 00 64 2 50 80 3 13 5x8 20x 33 5 9 13 0 1321 DC32 1 B 97 3 81 114 4 50 84 3 32 64 2 50 80 3 13 5x8 20x 33 2 3 5 0 1321 DC32 2 B 118 4 63 133 5 25 108 4 25 76 3 00 195 3 75 15x8 20x 33 4 5 10 0 1321 DC40 2 B 97 3 81 114 4 50 95 3 75 176 3 00 80 3 13 5x8 20x 33 13 2 7 0 1321 DC40 4 B 165 6 50 166 6 55 152 6 00 86 3 38 135 5 31 7x13 28x 52 9 5 21 0 PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOOtI EN P B 18 Accessories and Dimensions Figure B 10 EMC Line Filters Dimensions are in millimeters and inches Catalog Numbers 22 RF018 CS 22 RF018 CL 22 RF026 CS 22 RF026 CL 22 RF026 CL 22 RF034 CS 60 lt 130 si z 4 2 36 90 612 1 26 es FTA i j bee Ol 7 o
10. 33 46 678 0 26 69 647 5 e 25 49 HET HT FE Fi l lol 381 0 15 00 o ke 280 0 11 02 gt e 370 0 14 57 _ Le 287 5 11 82 74 8 L 1375 5 41 gt 2 94 55 0 2 17 P T 0 87 bO Os HO Hg ga papapana l e CN NN JA a HO LLI ILU DONNE OOOO PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMO01l EN P Accessories and Dimensions B 13 Figure B 5 PowerFlex 400 Frame G Drive Dimensions are in millimeters and inches je 425 0 16 73 gt l 381 0 15 00 264 0 10 39 t t 5 lo Bae 9 a a 892 0 35 12 819 5 te re m En Inl lol FINO k 367 5 14 47 gt Le 302 5 11 91 si ew 122 5 4 82 3 62 57 5 2 26 k gt 22 0 PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOOtI EN P B 14 Accessories and Dimensions Figure B 6 PowerFlex 400 Frame H Drive Dimensions are in millimeters and inches 529 2 20 83 gt o B
11. ACT2 Normal ACT2 Inverted A209 ACT2 Maximum A208 ACT2 Minimum A208 ACT2 Minimum A209 ACT2 Maximum T074 Analog In 2 Lo T075 Analog In 2 Hi T074 Analog In 2 Lo T075 Analog In 2 Hi A209 ACT2 Maximum Related Parameter s A205 with FRN 7 xx and later Sets the maximum value of the actual ACT 2 input Values Default 100 0 Min Max 0 0 200 0 Display 0 1 PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOOtI EN P 3 54 Programming and Parameters Advanced Program Group continued A210 Wake PID Preload with FRN 7 xx and later Sets the value used to preload the PID integral component on wake This value must be greater than T078 Sleep Level or drive will not wake up Related Parameter s 1078 Values Default 0 0 Hz No preload Min Max 0 0 320 0 Hz Display 0 1 Hz PID Output A210 0 0 Hz no preload A157 PID Setpoint eee A210 0 1 to 320 0 Hz A210 Wake PID Preload Wake Time PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMO01l EN P Programming and Parameters 3 55 Aux Relay Card Group R221 Relay Out3 Sel Related Parameters for the Aux Relay Card Group R224 Relay Out4 Sel Aux Parameters R227 Relay Out5 Sel ns R230 Relay Out6 Sel are oe R233 Relay Out Sel Note Auxiliary Relay Card option is not R236 Relay Out Sel available for
12. Digital Common For digital inputs Tied to I O Terminal 04 Electronically isolated with digital inputs from analog I O and opto output Opto Common For opto coupled outputs Electronically isolated with opto output from analog I O and digital inputs 24V DC Drive supplied power for digital inputs Referenced to Digital Common Max Output 100mA 10V DC Drive supplied power for 0 10V external potentiometer Referenced to Analog Common Max Output 15mA U IS loo Analog Input 1 0 10V External 0 10V unipolar 0 20mA or 4 20mA input supply or potentiometer wiper Default input is 0 10V For current mA input set Al1 DIP Switch to 20mA Program with T069 Analog In 1 Sel Input Impedance 100k ohm Voltage Mode 250 ohm Current Mode c oO ko 4 Is Le SI lt i ND Analog Common 1 Common for Analog Input 1 and Analog Output 1 and 2 Electrically isolated from digital I O and opto output Analog Output 1 OutFreq 0 10 Default analog output is 0 10V For current mA value set AO1 DIP Switch to 20mA Program with T082 Analog Out Sel Maximum Load 4 20mA 525 ohm 10 5V 0 10V 1k ohm 10mA Analog Output 2 OutCurr 0 10 Default analog output is 0 10V For a current mA value set AO2 DIP Switch to 20mA Program with T085 Analog Out2 Sel Maximum Load 4 20mA 525 ohm 10 5V 0 10V 1k ohm 10mA Analog
13. Values Default 100 Min Max 1 247 Display 1 C105 Comm Loss Action Related Parameter s d303 P037 C106 Selects the drive s response to a loss of the communication connection or excessive communication errors Options 0 Fault Default Drive will fault on an F81 Comm Loss and coast to stop 1 Coast Stop Stops drive via coast to stop 2 Stop Stops drive via P037 Stop Mode setting 3 Continu Last Drive continues operating at communication commanded speed saved in RAM Run Preset 0 Drive will run at preset speed Kypd Inc Dec Drive will run at keypad digital pot speed C106 Comm Loss Time Related Parameter s d303 C105 Sets the time that the drive will remain in communication loss before implementing the option selected in C105 Comm Loss Action Values Default 5 0 Secs Min Max 0 1 60 0 Secs Display 0 1 Secs C107 Comm Write Mode Determines whether parameter changes made over communication port are saved and stored in Non Volatile Storage NVS or RAM only If they are stored in RAM the values will be lost at power down Options 0 Save Default 1 RAM Only ATTENTION Risk of equipment damage exists If a controller is programmed to write parameter data to Non Volatile Storage NVS frequently the NVS will quickly exceed its life cycle and cause the drive to malfunction Do not create a program that frequently uses
14. BOF Des Controller For information regarding DeviceNet or other communication protocols refer to the appropriate user manual Network Wiring Network wiring consists of a shielded 2 conductor cable that is daisy chained from node to node Figure E 1 Network Wiring Diagram PowerFlex 400 PowerFlex 400 PowerFlex 400 Node 1 Node 2 Node n Master FRONT TxAXD e8 4 PRD 4 _TXRxD 4 120 ohm resistor 120 ohm resistor TxRxD TxRxD RD 5 BAD ET G Fi Shield Shield Shield PIN 8 NOTE The shield should be grounded at ONLY ONE location Only pins 4 and 5 on the RJ45 plug should be wired The other pins on the PowerFlex 400 RJ45 socket contain power etc for other Rockwell Automation peripheral devices and must not be connected Wiring terminations on the master controller will vary depending on the master controller used and TxRxD and TxRxD are shown for illustration purposes only Refer to the master controller s user manual for network terminations Note that there is no standard for the and 79 wires and consequently Modbus device manufacturers interpret them differently If you have problems with initially establishing communications try swapping the two network wires at the master controller PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOOtI EN P E 2 Modbu
15. PID Deadband Parameter A158 PID Deadband is used to set a range in percent of the PID Reference that the drive will ignore Example e PID Deadband is set to 5 0 e The PID Reference is 25 0 e The PID Regulator will not act on a PID Error that falls between 20 0 and 30 0 PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOOtI EN P D 8 Application Notes PID Preload The value set in A159 PID Preload in Hertz will be pre loaded into the integral component of the PID at any start or enable This will cause the drive s frequency command to initially jump to that preload frequency and the PID loop starts regulating from there PID Enabled PID Output Freq Cmd PID Pre load Value gt 0 PID Limits A150 PID Trim Hi and A151 PID Trim Lo are used to limit the PID output and are only used in trim mode PID Trim Hi sets the maximum frequency for the PID output in trim mode PID Trim Lo sets the reverse frequency limit for the PID output in trim mode Note that when the PID reaches the Hi or Lo limit the PID regulator stops integrating so that windup does not occur PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMO01l EN P Application Notes D 9 PID Gains The proportional integral and differential gains make up the PID regulator A154 PID Prop Gain The proportional gain unitless affects how the r
16. Refer to Start and Speed Reference Control on page 1 28 for details PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMO01l EN P Start Up 2 7 Local Remote Mode In Local mode e Start command and speed reference come from the integral keypad Start Hand and Digital Speed Increment and Decrement keys e Auto key stops the drive and the drive switches to Remote mode Important If the drive is running and P036 Start Source 3 or 6 2 Wire Control the drive will continue to run at reference defined by P038 Speed Reference if a valid start command is present In Remote mode e Auto key LED is illuminated e Start command is defined by P036 Start Source e Speed Reference command is defined by P038 Speed Reference e Auto key stops the drive and the drive switches to Local mode Table 2 B P042 Auto Mode 2 Local Remote T051 T054 Digital Inx Sel 2 Auto Mode or 3 Local LED Key Function LED Key Function Off Not active On Starts drive Runs according to Speed Increment Only active if P036 Start Source Decrement keys Io Keypad Starts drive On Changes speed Off Not active Fe _ Keys are only active if P038 Speed Source 0 Drive Pot Off Stops drive and changes to Remote On Stops drive and changes to Local Mode c Mode N A Stops drive N A Stops drive Important C
17. Speed f DC Brake Time Volts Speed Volts Speed DC Brake Level Time Stop Command Stop Command ATTENTION Ifa hazard of injury due to movement of equipment or material exists A an auxiliarv mechanical braking device must be used ATTENTION This feature should not be used with synchronous or permanent magnet motors Motors mav be demagnetized during braking PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOOtI EN P 3 46 Programming and Parameters Advanced Program Group continued A178 DC Brk Time Strt Related Parameter s P037 A177 Sets the length of time that DC brake current is injected into the motor after a valid start command is received Parameter A177 DC Brake Level controls the level of braking current used Values Default 0 0 Secs Min Max 0 0 99 9 Secs A setting of 99 9 Continuous Display 0 1 Secs Volts Speed DC Brake tall Start Command A179 Current Limit 1 Maximum output current allowed before current limiting occurs Related Parameter s P033 Values Default Drive Rated Amps x 1 1 Min Max 0 0 Drive Rated Amps x 1 5 Display A180 Current Limit 2 0 1 Amps Maximum output current allowed before current limiting occurs Related Parameter s P033 Values Default Drive Rated Amps x 1 1 Min Max 0 0 Drive Rated Amps x 1 5 Display 0 1 Amps A181 M
18. S Curve Time Accel Time 4 Total Time to Accelerate Accel Time S Curve Time A150 PID Trim Hi Sets the maximum positive value that is added to a PID reference when PID trim is used Values Default 60 0 Hz Min Max 0 0 320 0 Hz Display 0 1 Hz A151 PID Trim Lo Sets the minimum positive value that is added to a PID reference when PID trim is used Values Default 0 0 Hz Min Max 0 0 320 0 Hz Display 0 1 Hz PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOOtI EN P 3 38 Programming and Parameters Advanced Program Group continued A152 PID Ref Sel Related Parameter s P038 T070 T071 T072 T074 T075 Stop drive before changing this parameter Enables disables PID mode and selects the source of the PID reference Refer to Appendix D for details Options 0 PID Disabled Default 1 PID Setpoint 2 Analog In 1 3 Analog In 2 4 Comm Port 5 Setpnt Trim Use PID output as Trim on Frequency Select 6 A In1 Trim Use PID output as Trim on Frequency Select 7 An 2 Trim 1 Use PID output as Trim on Frequency Select 8 Comm Trim Use PID output as Trim on Frequency Select 1 The PID will not function with bipolar input It will ignore any negative voltages and treat them like Note PID analog reference is scaled through the Analog In x Hi Lo parameters The invert operat
19. Supplemental Drive Information For information on Drive Fuse amp Circuit Breaker Ratings A 1 Specifications A 2 Drive Fuse amp Circuit Breaker Ratings The tables on the following pages provide recommended AC line input fuse and circuit breaker information See Fusing and Circuit Breakers below for UL and IEC requirements Sizes listed are the recommended sizes based on 40 C 104 F and the U S N E C Other country state or local codes may require different ratings Fusing The recommended fuse types are listed below If available current ratings do not match those listed in the tables provided choose the next higher fuse rating e IEC BS88 British Standard Parts 1 amp 2 EN60269 1 Parts 1 amp 2 type gG or equivalent should be used e UL UL Class CC T or J must be used 2 Circuit Breakers The non fuse listings in the following tables include inverse time circuit breakers instantaneous trip circuit breakers motor circuit protectors and 140M self protected combination motor controllers If one of these is chosen as the desired protection method the following requirements apply e IEC Both types of circuit breakers and 140M self protected combination motor controllers are acceptable for IEC installations e UL Only inverse time circuit breakers and the specified 140M self protected combination motor controllers are acceptable for UL installations 1 Typical designations i
20. Wake enabled from Analog Input 2 d306 Analog In 2 above wake up level 3 Al2 lt WakLvl Wake enabled from Analog Input 2 d306 Analog In 2 below wake up level 4 CFrq gt WakLv Wake enabled based on drive command frequency b002 Commanded Freq above wake up level 5 CFrq lt WakLvl Wake enabled based on drive command frequency b002 Commanded Freq below wake up level PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOOtI EN P 3 30 Programming and Parameters T091 6 FB SP gt WakLvl PID Feedback Display minus PID Setpoint Display above Options wake up level Cont If d328 PID Fdbk Display d304 PID Setpnt Displ gt T080 Wake Level then wake is enabled 7 SP FB gt WakLvl PID Setpoint Display minus PID Feedback Display above wake up level If 4304 PID Setpnt Displ d328 PID Fdbk Display gt T080 Wake Level then wake is enabled PID Feedback T080 Wake Level PID Setpoint T080 Wake Level T091 Wake Sel T091 Wake Sel 7 SP FB gt WakLvl 6 FB SP gt WakLvI 8 Ali gt WakDev Wake enabled from Analog Input 1 above PID Setpoint Display plus wake deviation f d305 Analog In 1 gt d304 PID Setpnt Displ A203 Wake Deviation then wake is enabled 9 AIT lt WakDev Wake enabled from Analog Input 1 below PID Setpoint Display minus wake deviation f d305 Analog In 1 lt
21. 32 LAO DECEL TIME 20 SEC 0 02 0 33 LDO KEYPAD LOCK UNLOCK 1 0 LOCK UNLOCK 36 LAO READ PARAM 0 1 0 37 LAI JIREAD VALUE 0 1 0 38 LAO IWRITE PARAM 0 1 0 39 LAO WRITE VALUE 0 1 0 40 LDO DIGITAL OUT OFF 1 0 ON OFF 41 LDO DIGITAL OUT2 OFF 1 0 ON OFF 42 LDO DIGITAL OUT3 OFF 1 0 ON OFF 43 LDO OPT RELAY 1 OFF 1 0 ON OFF 44 LDO OPT RELAY 2 OFF 1 0 ON OFF 45 LDO OPT RELAY 3 OFF 1 0 ON OFF 46 LDO JOPTRELAV4 OFF 1 0 ON OFF 47 LDO OPT RELAY 5 OFF 1 0 ON OFF 48 LDO OPT RELAY 6 OFF 1 0 ON OFF 49 LDI DIGITAL IN 1 OFF 1 0 ON OFF 50 LDI DIGITAL IN 2 OFF 1 0 ON OFF 51 LDI DIGITAL IN 3 OFF 1 0 ON OFF 52 LDI DIGITAL IN 4 OFF 1 0 ON OFF 53 LDI DIGITAL IN5 OFF 1 0 ON OFF 54 LDI DIGITAL IN 6 OFF 1 0 ON OFF 55 LDI DIGITAL IN7 OFF 1 0 ON OFF 60 LAI INPUT REF 1 0 3 0 1 0 61 LAI JINPUTREF2 0 3 0 1 0 62 LAO ANALOGOUT1 J0 PCT 0 1 0 63 LAO JANALOGOUT2 J0 PCT 0 1 0 64 LAI LAST FAULT 0 1 0 PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMO01l EN P P1 Floor Level Network FLN G 3 Table G 1 Point Database for Application 2735 Factory Engineering Point Point Default Units Slope Intercept Number Type Subpoint Name SI Units SI Units SI Units SI Units OnText Off Text 65 LAO PID GAIN 1 PTC 0 0
22. 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UM001I EN P Installation Wiring 1 33 Figure 1 14 Connections and Grounding f Shielded Enclosure 1 l E l lt IP 30 NEMA 1 UL Type 1 l Option Kit Frame C Drives Only D e lej e EMI Fittings and Metal Conduit si ej si U T1 N L3 L3 T L3 y T EMI Filter Lo te xl L L2 Le T L Enclosure Ground Connection Shielded Motor Cable Building Structure Steel 1 Shielded Enclosure required to meet EN61800 3 First Environment Restricted for 200 240V AC 11 22 kW 15 30 HP PowerFlex 400 drives and to meet EN61800 3 First Environment Unrestricted for all PowerFlex 400 ratings PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOOtI EN P 1 34 Installation Wiring FCC Instructions FCC Compliance This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules when installed according to the User Manual These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment This equipment generates uses and can radia
23. 76 3 00 12 7 28 1321 3R45 C 229 9 00 184 7 25 135 5 30 93 3 66 76 3 00 17 7 39 1321 3R55 A 229 9 00 187 7 35 118 4 66 80 3 16 76 3 00 10 9 24 1321 3R55 B 229 9 00 187 7 35 118 4 66 80 3 16 76 3 00 12 3 27 1321 3R55 C 229 9 00 184 7 25 142 5 60 99 3 90 76 3 00 18 6 41 1321 3R80 A 274 10 80 216 8 50 1139 5 47 88 3 47 92 3 63 19 5 43 1321 3R80 B 274 10 80 216 8 50 139 5 47 188 3 47 92 3 63 23 1 51 1321 3R80 C 274 10 80 210 8 26 156 6 16 106 4 16 92 3 63 25 0 55 1321 3R100 A 274 10 80 217 8 55 139 5 48 84 3 30 92 3 63 21 3 47 1321 3R100 B 274 10 80 210 8 25 144 5 66 93 3 66 92 3 63 23 1 51 1321 3R100 C 274 10 80 210 8 25 156 6 16 106 4 16 92 3 63 33 6 74 1321 3R130 A 229 9 00 179 7 04 118 4 66 80 3 16 76 3 00 13 2 29 1321 3R130 B 274 10 80 213 8 40 1144 5 66 93 3 66 92 3 63 25 9 57 1321 3R130 C 279 11 00 216 8 50 156 6 16 106 4 16 92 3 63 29 0 64 1321 3R160 A 274 10 80 216 8 50 172 6 80 80 3 16 92 3 63 19 0 42 1321 3R160 B 279 11 00 216 8 50 178 7 00 88 3 47 92 3 63 23 0 51 1321 3R160 C 287 11 30 216 8 50 229 9 00 118 4 66 92 3 63 33 0 72 1321 3R200 B 274 10 80 216 8 50 210 8 30 112 4 41 92 3 63 31 0 67 1321 3R200 C 274 10 80 216 8 50
24. 132 0 5 20 42 0 71 6 2 82 1 65 Jt level 22 2 10 lt 087 TI F 167 4 PowerFlex 400 KAE Gei AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UM0011 Accessories and Dimensions B 11 Figure B 3 PowerFlex 400 Frame E Drive Dimensions are in millimeters and inches je 370 0 14 57 gt Das 2892 10 21 1 0 33 335 0 13 19 L 4 l n In l lo lt 315 2 12 41 le 240 2 9 46 gt 130 2 5 13 627 55 2 2 17 2 47 22 2 0 87 5 5 es DOOQOCNO0000000 mee RA B 6 COLLU UU CODDOODOODOON SUL E AANA a PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOOtI EN P B 12 Accessories and Dimensions Figure B 4 PowerFlex 400 Frame F Drive Dimensions are in millimeters and inches 425 0 16 73 H 264 0 10 39 R D130 e 165 8 6 53 381 0 15 00 ost 6 53 7 LY
25. 600 100 D630 1 The AIC ratings of the Bulletin 140M Motor Protector Circuit Breakers may vary See Bulletin 140M Motor Protection Circuit Breakers Application Ratings Manual Self Protected Type E Combination Motor Controller UL listed for 208 Wye or Delta 240 Wye or Delta 480Y 277 or 600Y 347 Not UL listed for use on 480V or 600V Delta Delta corner ground or high resistance ground systems When using a Manual Self Protected Type E Combination Motor Controller the drive must be installed in a ventilated or non ventilated enclosure with the minimum volume specified in this column Application specific thermal considerations may require a larger enclosure PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UM0011 EN P Supplemental Drive Information A 3 Category Specification Agency Listed to UL508C and CAN CSA 22 2 Certification rs Listed to UL508C for plenums Certified to AS NZS 1997 Group 1 Class A Marked for all applicable European Directives C EMC Directive 89 336 EN 61800 3 EN 50081 1 EN 50082 2 Low Voltage Directive 73 23 EEC EN 50178 EN 60204 The drive is also designed to meet the appropriate portions of the following specifications NFPA 70 US National Electrical Code NEMA ICS 3 1 Safety standards for Construction and Guide for Selection Installation and Operation of Adjustable Speed Drive Systems IE
26. A12 i 20m 18 Analog Common 2 6 3 Woe Oe 2 Oe eS Common Opto Output 30VDC w 19 _ 50mA i Non inductive 19455 Shield AO1 A02 Al Al2 10V 20MA 10V 20MA 10V 20MA 10V 20MA Go Le Lo 1 Important I O Terminal 01 is always a coast to stop input P036 Start Source Stop VO Terminal 01 Stop except when P036 Start Source is set to option 1 3 Wire or Keypad PerPog7 Coast 6 2 W Lvi Enbf In three wire control I O Terminal 01 is 3Wire Per P037 Per PO37 controlled by PO37 Stop Mode All other stop sources are Wire Per P037 Coast controlled by P037 Stop Mode RS4ES Port Per P037 Toast Important The drive is shipped with a jumper installed between 1 0 Terminals 01 and 11 Remove this jumper when using I O Terminal 01 as a stop or enable input Two wire control shown For three wire control use a momentary input os on I O Terminal 02 to command a start If reverse is enabled by A166 use a maintained input lt for I O Terminal 03 to change direction When using an opto output with an inductive load such as a relay install a recovery diode parallel to the relay as shown to prevent damage to the output When the ENBL enable jumper is removed I O Terminal 01 will always act as a hardware enable causing a coast to stop without software interpretation Most I O terminals labeled Common are not referenced to the safety ground PE terminal and are designed to greatly reduce common mode interference Fr
27. A172 A173 Sets the boost voltage of P031 Motor NP Volts and redefines the Volts per Hz curve Drive may add additional voltage unless Option 5 is selected Frames C F Frames G H Options 0 Custom V Hz 0 Custom V Hz 1 30 0 VT 1 30 0 VT 2 35 0 VT 2 35 0 VT 340 0 VT 340 0 VT Typical Fan Pump Curves 4 45 0 VT Default 4 45 0 VT Default 5 0 0 no IR 5 0 0 no IR 6 0 0 6 0 0 7 25 7 0 2 8 50 8 0 5 9 7 5 9 0 8 10 10 0 10 1 0 Boost Curves 11 12 5 11 2 0 12 15 0 12 3 0 13 17 5 13 4 0 14 20 0 14 5 0 15 Kepco Curvel 15 Kepco Curve A174 Maximum Voltage can be set anywhere Settings greater than PO31 Motor NP Volts define a point on the V Hz curve Settings less than P031 Motor NP Volts function as limits only and do not change the V Hz curve Setting Boost Voltage of Base 5 0 0 no IR Comp added A 6 0 0 7 2 5 8 5 0 9 4 a 10 10 0 S 11 12 5 Mi 12 15 0 i 18 17 5 ra 1 2 Motor NP Volt H H 2 50 eee 14 20 0 H 145 Kepco Curve 1 8 Setting Fan Pump Curves ke 1 30 0 2 35 0 3 40 0 4 45 0 Motor NP Hertz i P035 Maximum Freq can be set anywhere Settings greater than P032 Motor NP Hertz define a point on the V Hz curve P035 Maximum Freq can be set anywher
28. Analog In 1 Sel Related Parameter s 1055 T070 T071 T072 Sets the analog input signal mode 0 20mA 4 20mA or 0 10V This parameter must match DIP Switch Al setting on the control board T069 Option Setting Input Range DIP Switch Al Setting 0 Current Mode 0 20 mA 20 mA 1 Current Mode 4 20 mA 20 mA 2 Voltage Mode Unipolar 0 10V 10V 4 Current Mode Square Root 0 20 mA 20 mA 5 Current Mode Square Root 4 20 mA 20 mA 6 Voltage Mode Unipolar Square Root 0 10V 10V Values Default 2 Min Max 0 6 Display 1 T070 Analog In 1 Lo Related Parameter s P034 P038 T069 T071 T072 A152 A153 Stop drive before changing this parameter Sets the analog input level that corresponds to P034 Minimum Freq Analog inversion can be accomplished by setting this value larger than T071 Analog In 1 Hi Important If analog inversion is implemented the drive will go to maximum frequency in the event the analog input is lost It is strongly recommended to activate T072 Analog In 1 Loss to protect from this potential occurrence Values Default 0 0 Min Max 0 0 100 0 Display 0 1 P035 Maximum Freq P034 Minimum Freq T070 Analog In 1 Lo T071 Analog In 1 Hi T071 Analog In 1 Hi Related Parameter s P035 P038 T069 T070 T072 A152 A153 Stop drive before changing this parameter Sets the analog input level that corresponds to P035 Maximum Freq Anal
29. Analog In 2 Loss Description revised and Option 7 3 23 Hold Last added Fault F003 Power Loss description changed 4 3 Fault F004 UnderVoltage description changed 4 3 Fault F017 Input Phase Loss description added 4 4 Fault F032 Fan Fdbck Loss description added 4 4 Altitude derating specification revised A 3 Internal DC Bus Choke specification corrected A 4 New Parameters The following parameters have been added with the release of Firmware Release Number FRN 6 xx Parameter Number Page Parameter Number Page PID Invert Error A201 3 52 Fault 5 Time hr d339 3 68 MOP Reset Sel A202 3 52 Fault 5 Time min d340 3 68 PID Fdbk Display d328 3 65 Fault 6 Time hr d341 3 68 DC Bus Ripple V d329 3 65 Fault 6 Time min d342 3 68 Fault 4 Code d330 3 66 Fault 7 Time hr d343 3 69 Fault 5 Code d331 3 66 Fault 7 Time min d344 3 69 Fault 6 Code d332 3 66 Fault 8 Time hr d345 3 69 Fault 7 Code d333 3 66 Fault 8 Time min d346 3 69 Fault 8 Code d334 3 67 Fault 9 Time hr d347 3 69 PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UM001I EN P Parameter Number Page Parameter Number Page Fault 9 Code d335 3 67 Fault 9 Time min d348 3 70 Fault 10 Code d336 3 67 Fault10 Time hr d349 3 70 Fault 4 Time hr d337 3 67 Fault10 Time min d350 3 70 Fault 4 Time min d338 3 68 Manual Up
30. Defines the source of the data used as the actual ACT 2 input Options 0 Analog In 1 Default Use Analog Input 1 1 Analog In 2 Use Analog Input 2 2 Current Use b003 Output Current PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMO01l EN P Programming and Parameters 3 53 Advanced Program Group continued A206 ACT1 Minimum Related Parameter s A204 with FRN 7 xx and later Sets the minimum value of the actual ACT 1 input Used with the analog input min max settings to scale the analog input for use as the PID feedback Can be used in a normal and inverted mode Values Default 0 0 Min Max 0 0 200 0 Display 0 1 ACTI ACTI 96 Inverted A207 ACT1 Maximum A206 ACT1 Minimum A206 ACT1 Minimum A207 ACT1 Maximum T070 Analog In 1 Lo T071 Analog In 1 Hi T070 Analog In 1 Lo T071 Analog In 1 Hi A207 ACT1 Maximum Related Parameter s A204 with FRN 7 xx and later Sets the maximum value of the actual ACT 1 input Values Default 100 0 Min Max 0 0 200 0 Display 0 1 A208 ACT2 Minimum Related Parameter s A205 with FRN 7 xx and later Sets the minimum value of the actual ACT 2 input Used with the analog input min max settings to scale the analog input for use as the PID feedback Can be used in a normal and inverted mode Values Default 0 0 Min Max 0 0 200 0 Display 0 1
31. Internal Freq A142 Advanced Program 3 35 Language C101 Communications 13 31 Load Loss Level A184 Advanced Program 3 47 Load Loss Time A185 Advanced Program 3 47 Maximum Freq P035 Basic Program 3 7 Maximum Voltage A174 Advanced Program 3 45 Minimum Freq P034 Basic Program 3 7 MOP Reset Sel A202 Advanced Program 3 52 Motor NP FLA A200 Advanced Program 3 51 Motor NP Hertz P032 Basic Program 3 7 Motor NP Poles A199 Advanced Program 3 51 Motor NP Volts P031 Basic Program 3 7 Motor OL Current P033 Basic Program 3 7 Motor OL Ret P043 Basic Display 3 11 Motor OL Select A181 Advanced Program 3 46 Opto Out Level T066 Terminal Block 3 19 Opto Out Logic T068 Terminal Block 3 19 Opto Out Sel T065 Terminal Block 3 18 Output Current b003 Basic Display 3 4 Output Freq b001 Basic Display 3 4 Output Power b010 Basic Display 3 5 Output Powr Fctr d318 Advanced Display 3 64 Output RPM d323 Advanced Display 3 64 Output Speed d322 Advanced Display 3 64 Output Voltage b004 Basic Display 3 4 PID Deadband A158 Advanced Program 3 39 PID Diff Rate A156 Advanced Program 3 15 PID Fdbk Display d328 Advanced Display 3 65 PID Feedback Sel A153 Advanced Program 3 38 PID Integ Time A155 Advanced Program 3 39 PID Invert Error A201 Advanced Program 3 52 PID Preload A159 Advanced Program 3 39 PID Prop Gain A154 Advanced Program 3 39 PID Ref Sel A152 Advanced Program 3 38 PID Setpnt Displ d304 Advanced Displa
32. PID Integ Time Response is still slow after a step change increase A156 PID Diff Rate Response is still unstable decrease A156 PID Diff Rate PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMO01l EN P Application Notes D 11 The following figures show some typical responses of the PID loop at different points during adjustment of the PID Gains Figure D 1 Unstable PID Reference PID Feedback Time Figure D 2 Slow Response Over Damped PID Reference l aes PID Feedback Time Figure D 3 Oscillation Under Damped PID Reference PID Feedback Time Figure D 4 Good Response Critically Damped PID Reference PID Feedback Time PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOOtI EN P D 12 Application Notes Auxiliary Motor Control Setup The PowerFlex 400 has a built in Auxiliary Motor Control feature This feature allows operation of up to three 3 line started motors in addition to the motor controlled directly by the PowerFlex 400 drive System output can vary from 0 auxiliary motors off and drive controlled motor at zero speed to 400 3 auxiliary motors and drive controlled motor at full speed To enable the Auxiliary Motor Control parameter R239 Aux Motor Mode must be set to an option 1 Enabled When enabled the internal PID controller in the PowerFl
33. T078 T080 T081 Sets the analog input time the drive must stay below to enter sleep mode Values Default 0 0 Secs Min Max 0 0 600 0 Secs Display 0 1 Secs T080 Wake Level Related Parameter s T077 T078 T079 T081 Sets the analog input level the drive must reach to wake from sleep mode Values Default 15 0 Min Max 0 0 100 0 Display 0 1 T081 Wake Time Related Parameter s T077 T078 T079 T080 Sets the analog input time the drive must stay above to wake from sleep mode Values Default 0 0 Secs Min Max 0 0 600 0 Secs Display 0 1 Secs PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UM0011 EN P Programming and Parameters Terminal Block Group continued T082 Analog Outi Sel Sets the analog output signal mode 0 20 mA 4 20 mA or 0 10V The output is used to provide a signal that is proportional to several drive conditions This parameter must match DIP Switch AO1 3 25 Related Parameter s P035 T083 T084 setting DIP Switch Output Min Output Max Output Value AO1 Related Setting Range Value Analog Output Hi Filter Setting Parameter 0 OutFreq0 10 0 10V OV OHz Maximum Freq None 10V b001 1 OutCurr0 10 0 10V OV 0 Amps 200 Drive Rated FLA Filter A 10V b003 2 OutTorq0 10 0 10V OV 0 Amps 200 Drive Rated FLA Filter A 10V b013 3 OutVolt0 10 0 10V OV 0 Volts 120
34. Table F 1 ATTENTION Risk of equipment damage exists If a controller is programmed to write parameter data to Non Volatile Storage NVS frequently the NVS will quickly exceed its life cycle and cause the drive to malfunction Do not create a program that frequently uses configurable outputs to write parameter data to NVS unless C107 Comm Write Mode is set to option 1 PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOOtI EN P F 2 Metasys N2 Table F 1 Description of the Regions of a Virtual Object Region Type Short Description Region 1 JAnalog Input Al 32 bit IEEE standard floats Region 2 JBinarv Input BI 1 bit Region 3 JAnalog Output AO 32 bit IEEE standard floats Region 4 Binary Output BO 1 bit Region5 Internal Float ADF 32 bit IEEE standard floats Analog Data Float Region 6 Internal Integer ADI 16 bit Analog Data Integer Region 7 _ Internal Byte DB 8 bit Analog Data Byte Metasys N2 Data Types Table F 2 Internal Structure of Metasys N2 Analog Input Al Attribute Type Description 1 Byte Object Configuration 2 Byte Object Status 3 Float Analog Input Value 8 Float Low Alarm Limit 9 Float Low Warning Limit 10 Float High Warning Limit 11 Float High Alarm Limit 12 Float Differential Table F 3 Internal Structure of Metasys N2 Binary Input BI Attribute Type Description 1 Byte Object Configurati
35. in Load Loss Time Values Default 0 0 Disabled Min Max 0 0 Drive Rated Amps Display 0 1 Amps A185 Load Loss Time Related Parameter s PO33 Sets the required time for the current to be below Load Loss Level before a Load Loss fault occurs Values Default 0 Secs Disabled Min Max 0 9999 Secs Display 1 Secs A186 Stall Fault Time Sets the time that the drive will remain in stall mode before a fault is issued Options 0 60 Seconds Default 1 120 Seconds 2 240 Seconds 3 360 Seconds 4 480 Seconds 5 Fit Disabled PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOOtI EN P 3 48 Programming and Parameters Advanced Program Group continued A187 Bus Reg Mode Controls the operation of the drive voltage regulation which is normally operational at decel or when the bus voltage rises Refer to the Attention statement on page P 3 for important information on bus regulation Options 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Default A188 Skip Frequency 1 Related Parameter s A189 Sets the frequency at which the drive will not operate A setting of 0 disables this parameter Values Default 0 Hz Min Max 0 320 Hz Display 1Hz A189 Skip Freq Band 1 Related Parameter s A188 Determines the bandwidth around A188 Skip Frequency 1 A189 Skip Freq Band 1 is split applying 1 2 above
36. sleep mode When the appropriate analog input rises above the set Wake Level the drive will wake and ramp to the commanded frequency Inversion can be accomplished by setting T078 Sleep Level to a higher setting than T080 Wake Level ATTENTION Enabling the Sleep Wake function can cause unexpected machine operation during the Wake mode Equipment damage and or personal injury can result if this parameter is used in an inappropriate application In addition all applicable local national amp international codes standards regulations or industry guidelines must be considered Options 0 Disabled Default 1 Analog In 1 Sleep and Wake enabled from Analog Input 1 2 Analog In 2 Sleep and Wake enabled from Analog Input 2 3 Command Freq Sleep and Wake enabled based on drive commanded frequency 4 Ind Slp Wake with Sleep and Wake enabled independently using parameters FRN 7 xx and later T090 Sleep Sel and T091 Wake Sel PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOOtI EN P 3 24 Programming and Parameters Terminal Block Group continued T078 Sleep Level Related Parameter s T077 T079 T080 T081 Sets the analog input level the drive must reach to enter sleep mode Values Default 10 0 Min Max 0 0 100 0 Display 0 1 T079 Sleep Time Related Parameter s T077
37. the flowchart on page 1 28 for more information on speed reference control priority Options 0 Drive Keypad Internal frequency command from the digital speed keys on the integral keypad 1 InternalFreq Internal frequency command from A142 Internal Freq Must be set when using MOP function 2 Analog In 1 Default External frequency command from an analog source as determined by T069 Analog In 1 Sel and DIP Switch Al1 on the control board Default Dip Switch setting is 10V 3 Analog In 2 External frequency command from an analog source as determined by T073 Analog In 2 Sel and DIP Switch Al2 on the control board Default Dip Switch setting is 10V 4 Preset Freq External frequency command as defined by A143 A146 Preset Freq x when 051 1054 Digital Inx Sel are programmed as Preset Frequencies and the digital inputs are active 5 Comm Port External frequency command from the communications port Refer to Appendix E and Appendix G for details Parameter C102 Comm Format is used to select a communications protocol P039 Accel Time 1 Related Parameter s P038 P040 T051 T054 A141 A143 A146 A147 Sets the rate of acceleration for all speed increases Maximum Freq Accel Time Herel Bite Values Default 20 00 Secs 2 2 110 kW 3 0 150 HP 60 00 Secs 132 250 kW 200 350 HP Min Max 0 00 600 00 Secs Display 0 01 Secs P035 Maximum
38. 1 12 PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UM001I EN P Index 2 Ratings A 1 G General Precautions P 3 Ground Fault 4 3 Grounding Filter 1 12 General 1 11 H Heatsink OvrTmp Fault 4 3 HW OverCurrent Fault 4 3 0 Wiring 1 19 Wiring Examples 1 24 1 27 I O Board Fail Fault 4 5 Input Contactor 1 19 Input Fusing 1 12 Input Phase Loss Fault 4 4 Input Power Conditioning 1 10 Installation 1 1 Integral Keypad 2 3 Interference EMC RFI 1 31 1 34 K Keypad 2 3 L LEDs 2 3 2 4 2 6 2 7 2 8 2 9 Load Loss Fault 4 4 M Metasys N2 point map F 3 G 2 Minimum Clearances 1 5 Motor Cable Length 1 16 Motor Overload Fault 4 3 Motor Stalled Fault 4 3 motor starter 1 12 Mn Options and Clearances MOVs 1 9 N Net Loss Fault 4 4 0 Opening the Cover 1 1 Operator Interface 2 3 OverVoltage Fault 4 3 P Parameter Descriptions 3 1 Types 3 1 Viewing and Editing 2 5 Parameter Checksum Fault 4 5 Parameters Display Group 3 4 Program Group 3 7 Params Defaulted Fault 4 4 PE Ground 1 11 Phase Short Fault 4 4 Phase to Ground Fault 4 4 point map Metasys N2 F 3 G 2 Power Cables Wiring 1 14 Power Conditioning Input 1 10 re Connections Single Phase Power Loss Fault 4 3 Power Unit Fault 4 4 Powering Up the Drive 2 1 2 2 Precautions General P 3 Product Selection B 1 Program Group Parameters 3 7 Programming
39. 100 D180 380 480V AC 3 Phase Input 0 460V 3 Phase Output 22C D6PON103 2 2 3 0 6 6 340 528 6 3 7 5 10 140M D8E C10 100 C09 5098 22C D010N103 4 0 5 0 10 5 10 5 340 528 10 9 13 20 140M D8E C16 100 C16 5098 22C D012N103 5 5 7 5 12 12 340 528 11 9 14 2 20 140M D8E C16 100 C23 5098 22C D017N103 7 5 10 17 17 340 528 15 3 18 4 25 140M D8E C20 100 C23 5098 22C D022N103 11 15 22 22 340 528 19 2 23 30 140M F8E C32 100 C30 5098 22C D030N103 15 20 30 27 340 528 25 8 31 40 140M F8E C32 100 C37 5098 22C D038A103 18 5 25 38 38 340 528 33 3 40 50 140M F8E C45 100 C60 9086 22C D045A103 22 30 45 5 45 5 340 528 39 1 47 60 100 C60 22C D060A103 30 40 60 54 340 528 53 3 64 80 100 C85 22C D072A103 37 50 72 72 340 528 60 7 73 100 100 C85 22C D088A103 45 60 88 88 340 528 74 9 90 125 100 D110 22C D105A103 55 75 105 105 340 528 89 1107 150 100 D140 22C D142A103 75 100 142 128 340 528 124 8150 200 100 D180 22C D170A103 90 125 170 170 340 528 142 170 250 100 D250 22C D208A103 110 150 208 208 340 528 167 200 250 100 D250 22C D260A103 132 200 260 260 340 528 196 235 300 100 D300 22C D310A103 160 250 310 290 340 528 242 290 400 100 D420 22C D370A103 200 300 370 370 340 528 304 365 500 100 D420 22C D460A103 250 350 460 410 340 528 387 465
40. 2 Param IN2 User IN 2 Al 11 0 Max Drive Params b011 Elapsed MWh Data Source Param ADI 13 Param IN3 User IN 3 Al 12 0 Max Drive Params b012 Elapsed Run Time Data Source Param ADI j4 Param IN4 User IN 4 Al 13 0 Max Drive Params b014 Drive Temperature Data Source Param ADI 5 Param OUT1 User OUT 1 AO 11 0 Max Drive Params A154 PID Gain Data Source Param ADI 6 Param OUT2 User OUT 2 AO 12 0 Max Drive Params A155 PID Integral Time Data Source Param ADI 7 Param OUT3 User OUT 3 AO 13 0 Max Drive Params A156 PID Diff Rate Data Source Param ADI 8 Param OUT4 User OUT 4 AO 14 0 Max Drive Params A158 PID Deadband Data Source Param Using Percent for the Reference The Reference AO 1 for Metasys N2 is set as a percentage from 0 to 100 100 0 Pr PO35 Maximum Freq Value Table F 12 Example Speed Reference and Feedback for a PowerFlex 400 P035 60 Hz Reference AO 1 Feedback Al 1 Percent Speed Speed Percent 100 60 Hz 60 Hz 100 50 30 Hz 30 Hz 50 25 15 Hz 15 Hz 25 0 0 Hz 0 Hz 0 PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOOtI EN P Metasys N2 Using Metasys Configurable Objects to Access Parameters Configurable objects are inputs and outputs that let you read and write parameter values These objects handle only 16 bit parameter va
41. 297 309 11 69 12 17 17 60 2 l A A A Yy V en Riz l 8 ZI Le 5 5 0 22 I Catalog Numbers 22 RFD036 22 RFD050 22 RFD070 22 RFD100 22 RFD150 22 RFD180 il c TE r D m e e raas I il G Catalog Number A B c D E F G 22 RFD036 74 2 91 272 10 71 161 6 34 60 2 36 258 10 16 7 5 0 30 7 0 28 22 RFD050 93 3 66 312 12 28 190 7 48 79 3 11 298 11 73 13 5 0 53 7 0 28 22 RFD070 93 3 66 312 12 28 190 7 48 79 3 11 298 11 73 13 5 0 53 7 0 28 22 RFD100 93 3 66 312 12 28 190 7 48 79 3 11 298 11 73 13 5 0 53 7 0 28 22 RFD150 126 4 96 312 12 28 224 8 82 112 4 41 298 11 73 19 5 0 77 7 0 28 22 RFD180 126 4 96 312 12 28 224 8 82 112 4 41 298 11 73 27 1 06 7 0 28 PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UM0011 EN P Accessories and Dimensions B 19 Catalog Number 22 RFD208 900 35 43 yY j ele ne 110 4 33 ok Le
42. 3 1 R Ratings A 1 Reflective Wave Protection 1 16 Removing Cover 1 1 Repeated Start Stop 1 19 Repeated Start Stop Precautions RFI see EMC RFI RWR Reflective Wave Reducer 1 16 PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UM001I EN P Index 3 S Safety Ground 1 11 Shielded Power Cables 1 14 Short Circuit Protection 1 12 Single Phase Input Power Connections A 7 Software 3 1 Start and Speed Reference Selection and Control 1 28 1 29 Start Stop Repeated 1 19 Start Up Checklist 2 1 2 2 Static Discharge ESD P 3 a LEDs 2 3 2 4 2 6 2 7 2 8 Supply Source AC 1 9 SW OverCurrent Fault 4 4 System Grounding 1 11 T Terminal Block I O 1 20 Power 1 18 Three Wire Control 1 24 1 27 Two Wire Control 1 24 1 27 U UnderVoltage Fault 4 3 Ungrounded Supply 1 9 Unshielded Power Cables 1 14 W Wiring 1 1 Block Diagram 1 21 1 22 1 23 I O 1 19 O Examples 1 24 1 27 Power 1 14 PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOOtI EN P Index 4 Notes PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UM001I EN P 62 590 01 5011 U S Allen Bradley Drives Technical Support Tel 1 262 512 8176 Fax 1 262 512 2222 Email support drives ra rockwell com Online www ab com support abdrives www rockwellautomation com Power
43. 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UM0011 EN P Programming and Parameters 3 41 Advanced Program Group continued A165 Start At PowerUp Related Parameter s P036 Stop drive before changing this parameter Enables disables a feature that allows a Start or Run command to automatically cause the drive to resume running at commanded speed after drive input power is restored Requires a digital input configured for Run or Start and a valid start contact This parameter will not function if parameter P036 Start Source is set to 4 2 W Hi Speed ATTENTION Equipment damage and or personal injury may result if this parameter is used in an inappropriate application Do not use this function without considering applicable local national and international codes standards regulations or industry guidelines Options 0 Disabled Default 1 Enabled A166 Reverse Disable Related Parameter s b006 P036 T051 T054 Stop drive before changing this parameter Enables disables the function that allows the direction of motor rotation to be changed The reverse command may come from a digital or a serial command All reverse inputs including two wire Run Reverse will be ignored with reverse disabled Options 0 Rev Enabled 1 Rev Disabled Default A167 Flying Start En Related Parameter s A200 Sets the condition that allows the drive to
44. 64 8 0 c 7 5 10 3 13 6 9 3 73 8 2 e 11 15 3 19 7 0 3 79 8 4 0 15 20 3 25 7 2 3 85 8 5 PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UM0011 EN P Accessories and Dimensions B 9 Figure B 1 PowerFlex 400 Frame C Drive Dimensions are in millimeters and inches 130 0 5 1 f 180 0 7 1 gt A Re 320 _ 12 6 260 10 2 246 9 7 ne i a Nr b e y nes k 107 0 4 21 28 5 66 0 2 60 1 12 24 0 0 94 22 2 0 87 152 2 1 CAR 1 5 99 ABS Rea 111 2 Qt AD Oil 4 38 T NET IT PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOOtI EN P B 10 Accessories and Dimensions Figure B 2 PowerFlex 400 Frame D Drive Dimensions are in millimeters and inches p 250 0 9 84 gt 226 0 8 90 9 0 77 1 fe kO 436 2 383 4 17 17 15 09 M aa o a Fe nt 206 1 8 11 e 192 0 7 56 L 11755 691 le
45. 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UM0011 EN P 1 18 Installation Wiring Table 1 D Power Terminal Descriptions Terminal Description R L1 S L2 T L3 3 Phase Input UTI To Motor U T1 Switch anv two motor leads to change k vo a fi al T0 forward direction DC Bus Inductor Connection Drives are shipped with a jumper between Terminals all P2 P1 P2 and P1 Remove this jumper only when a DC Bus Inductor will be connected Drive will not power up without a jumper or inductor connected DC DC DC Bus Connection Frame C and H Drives P2 DC DC Bus Connection Frame D E F and G Drives BR BR Not Used Safety Ground PE 1 Important Terminal screws may become loose during shipment Ensure that all terminal screws are tightened to the recommended torque before applying power to the drive Table 1 E Power Terminal Block Specifications Frame Maximum Wire Size Minimum Wire Size Recommended Torque 8 4 mm 8 AWG 1 3mm 16 AWG 2 9 N m 26 lb in 33 6 mm 2 AWG 8 4 mm 8 AWG 5 1 N m 45 Ib in E 480V 33 6 mm 2 AWG 3 5 mm 12 AWG 5 6 N m 49 5 Ib in 37 45 kW 50 60 HP E 240V 107 2 mm 4 0 AWG 53 5 mm 1 0 AWG 19 5 N m 173 Ib in 30 37 kW 40 50 HP 480V 55 75 kW 75 100 HP F 152 0 mm 300 MCM 85 0 mm 3 0 AWG 19 5 N m 173 Ib in G 152 0 mm 300 MCM 107 2 mm 4 0 AWG 29 4 N m 260 Ib in H 253 0 mm 500 M
46. 70 Programming and Parameters Advanced Display Group continued d348 Fault 9 Time min Related Parameter s A195 d317 With FRN 6 xx and later Displays the value of the d317 Elapsed Time min parameter when the fault occurred Values Default Read Only Min Max 0 0 60 0 Min Display 0 1 Min d349 Fault10 Time hr Related Parameter s A195 d316 With FRN 6 xx and later Displays the value of the d316 Elapsed Time hr parameter when the fault occurred Values Default Read Only Min Max 0 32767 Hr Display 1Hr d350 Fault10 Time min Related Parameter s A195 d317 With FRN 6 xx and later Displays the value of the d317 Elapsed Time min parameter when the fault occurred Values Default Read Only Min Max 0 0 60 0 Min Display 0 1 Min PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMO01l EN P Programming and Parameters 3 71 Parameter Cross Reference by Name Parameter Name Number Group Page Accel Time 1 P039 Basic Program 3 10 Accel Time 2 A147 Advanced Program 3 36 ACT1 Input A204 Advanced Program 3 52 ACT1 Maximum A207 Advanced Program 3 53 ACT1 Minimum A206 Advanced Program 3 53 ACT2 Input A205 Advanced Program 3 52 ACT2 Maximum A209 Advanced Program 3 53 ACT2 Minimum A208 Advanced Program 3 53 Analog In 1 d305 Advanced Display 3 61 Analog In 1 Hi
47. 8 NOTE The shield should be grounded at ONLY ONE location 7 Only pins 4 and 5 on the RJ45 plug should be wired The other pins on the PowerFlex 400 RJ45 socket contain power etc for other Rockwell Automation peripheral devices and must not be connected Wiring terminations on the master controller will vary depending on the master controller used and TxRxD and TxRxD are shown for illustration purposes only Refer to the master controller s user manual for network terminations Note that there is no standard for the and 79 wires and consequently Modbus device manufacturers interpret them differently If you have problems with initially establishing communications try swapping the two network wires at the master controller On Drive Connections PowerFlex 400 Frame D E F G and H drives are equipped with two RS485 DSI ports One is accessible via an access door when the cover is on and one is only accessible with the cover off When one of these ports has a Rockwell DSI device connected the second port cannot be used Figure 1 13 Frame D E F G and H RS485 Ports Second RS485 DSI Connection RS485 DSI Network Connection PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UM0011 EN P Installation Wiring 1 31 EMC Instructions CE Conformity Conformity with the Low Voltage LV Directive and Electromagnetic Compatibility EMC Directive has
48. AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOOtI EN P 3 62 Programming and Parameters Advanced Display Group continued d307 Fault 1 Code Related Parameter s A197 A code that represents a drive fault The codes will appear in these parameters in the order they occur d307 Fault 1 Code the most recent fault Repetitive faults will only be recorded once Refer to Chapter 4 for fault code descriptions Values Default Read Only Min Max 0 122 Display 1 d308 Fault 2 Code Related Parameter s A197 A code that represents the second most recent drive fault The codes will appear in these parameters in the order they occur d307 Fault 1 Code the most recent fault Repetitive faults will only be recorded once As faults occur this parameter will be overwritten by Fault 1 Code The value of this parameter is then moved to Fault 3 Code Refer to Chapter 4 for fault code descriptions Values Default Read Only Min Max 0 122 Display 1 d309 Fault 3 Code Related Parameter s A197 A code that represents the third most recent drive fault The codes will appear in these parameters in the order they occur d307 Fault 1 Code the most recent fault Repetitive faults will only be recorded once As faults occur this parameter will be overwritten by Fault 2 Code Refer to Chapter 4 for fault code descriptions Values Default Read Only Min Max 0 122 Displa
49. Accessories and Dimensions B 3 Table B 5 Bulletin 1321 3R Series Line Reactors 380 480V 60 Hz Three Phase Catalog Number Maximum Fundamental Continuous Watts IP00 IP11 KW HP Amps Amps Inductance Loss Open Style NEMA Type 1 3 Impedance 22 30 8 12 5 25 3 1321 3R8 C 1321 3RA8 C 40 150 12 18 2 5 31 1321 3R12 B 1321 3RA12 B 5 5 75 12 18 2 5 31 1321 3R12 B 1321 3RA12 B 7 5 10 18 27 1 5 43 1321 3R18 B 1321 3RA18 B 11 15 25 37 5 1 2 52 1321 3R25 B 1321 3RA25 B 15 20 35 52 5 0 8 54 1321 3R35 B 1321 3RA35 B 18 5 25 35 52 5 0 8 54 1321 3R35 B 1321 3RA35 B 22 30 45 67 5 0 7 62 1321 3R45 B 1321 3RA45 B 30 40 55 82 5 0 5 67 1321 3R55 B 1321 3RA55 B 37 50 80 120 0 4 86 1321 3R80 B 1321 3RA80 B 45 60 80 120 0 4 86 1321 3R80 B 1321 3RA80 B 55 75 100 150 0 3 84 1321 3R100 B 1321 3RA100 B 75 100 130 195 0 2 180 1321 3R130 B 1321 3RA130 B 90 125 160 240 0 15 149 1321 3R160 B 1321 3RA160 B 110 150 200 300 0 11 168 1321 3R200 B 1321 3RA200 B 132 200 250 375 0 09 231 1321 3RB250 B 1321 3RAB250 B 160 250 320 480 0 075 264 1321 3RB320 B 1321 3RAB320 B 200 300 400 560 0 06 333 1321 3RB400 B 1321 3RAB400 B 250 350 500 700 0 05 340 1321 3R500 B 1321 3RA500 B 5 Impedance 22 130 8 12 7 5 28 1321 3R8 D 1321 3RA8 D 40 150 12 18 42
50. Application Notes PID Setup PID Control Loop The PowerFlex 400 has a built in PID proportional integral differential control loop The PID loop is used to maintain a process feedback such as pressure flow or tension at a desired set point The PID loop works by subtracting the PID feedback from a reference and generating an error value The PID loop reacts to the error based on the PID Gains and outputs a frequency to try to reduce the error value to 0 To enable the PID loop parameter A152 PID Ref Sel must be set to an option other than 0 PID Disabled Exclusive Control and Trim Control are two basic configurations where the PID loop may be used PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMO01l EN P Application Notes D 3 Exclusive Control In Exclusive Control the Speed Reference becomes 0 and the PID Output becomes the entire Freq Command Exclusive Control is used when A152 PID Ref Sel is set to option 1 2 3 or 4 This configuration does not require a master reference only a desired set point such as a flow rate for a pump PID Loop 1 PID Ref l gt PID Prop Gain PDT L PID Error Output ii malt Accel Decel Freq j PID Fdbk PID Integ Tal Sp Ramp gt Command i 1 h _ gt PID Diff Rate PID Enabled Example e In a pumping application the PID Refer
51. Auxiliary Input Fault 4 3 B Before Applying Power 2 1 2 2 C Cable Length 1 20 Cable Power 1 14 Catalog Number Explanation P 4 CE Conformity 1 31 Checklist Start Up 2 1 2 2 Circuit Breakers Input 1 12 Comm Loss Fault 4 5 Command Sources for Start and Speed 1 28 Common Symptoms and Corrective Action 4 5 Contactors Input 1 19 Control 2 and 3 Wire 1 24 1 27 Conventions Manual P 2 Cover Opening 1 1 D Dimensions Drive B 8 Minimum Clearances 1 5 Display 2 3 2 4 2 6 2 7 2 8 2 9 Display Group Parameters 3 4 ee Systems Ungrounded Drive Frame Size B 8 Drive Grounding 1 11 Drive Overload Fault 4 4 Drive Ratings P 4 A 1 DriveExecutive 3 1 Index DriveExplorer 3 1 E Earthing see Grounding EMC RFI Grounding Filter 1 12 Interference 1 31 1 34 ESD Static Discharge P 3 F Fan Fdbck Loss Fault 4 4 Faults Analog Input Loss 4 4 Auto Rstrt Tries 4 4 Auxiliary Input 4 3 Comm Loss 4 5 Drive Overload 4 4 Fan Fdbck Loss 4 4 Function Loss 4 5 Ground Fault 4 3 Heatsink OvrTmp 4 3 HW OverCurrent 4 3 O Board Fail 4 5 Input Phase Loss 4 4 Load Loss 4 4 Motor Overload 4 3 Motor Stalled 4 3 Net Loss 4 4 OverVoltage 4 3 Parameter Checksum 4 5 Params Defaulted 4 4 Phase Short 4 4 Phase to Ground Short 4 4 Power Loss 4 3 Power Unit 4 4 SW OverCurrent 4 4 UnderVoltage 4 3 Filter RFI 1 12 Frame Designations B 8 Function Loss Fault 4 5 Fuses Input
52. B Allen Bradley Frequency AC Drive for Fan amp Pump Applications FRN 1 Xx 7 XX User Manual Rockwell Automation Important User Information Solid state equipment has operational characteristics differing from those of electromechanical equipment Safety Guidelines for the Application Installation and Maintenance of Solid State Controls Publication SGI 1 1 available from your local Rockwell Automation sales office or online at http www rockwellautomation com literature describes some important differences between solid state equipment and hard wired electromechanical devices Because of this difference and also because of the wide variety of uses for solid state equipment all persons responsible for applying this equipment must satisfy themselves that each intended application of this equipment is acceptable In no event will Rockwell Automation Inc be responsible or liable for indirect or consequential damages resulting from the use or application of this equipment The examples and diagrams in this manual are included solely for illustrative purposes Because of the many variables and requirements associated with any particular installation Rockwell Automation Inc cannot assume responsibility or liability for actual use based on the examples and diagrams No patent liability is assumed by Rockwell Automation Inc with respect to use of information circuits equipment or software described in this manual Re
53. Bulletin 1321 3R Series Line Reactors Dimensions are in millimeters and inches Weights are in kilograms and pounds IP00 Open IP00 Open 45 Amps fundamental and Below 55 Amps fundamental and Above Catalog Number A B c D E Weight 1321 3R8 C 152 6 00 122 4 80 86 3 40 67 2 62 51 2 00 5 0 11 1321 3R8 D 152 6 00 122 4 80 86 3 40 63 2 48 151 2 00 5 9 13 1321 3R12 A 152 6 00 127 5 00 84 3 30 53 2 10 51 2 00 4 1 9 1321 3R12 B 152 6 00 127 5 00 76 3 00 53 2 10 51 2 00 4 5 10 1321 3R12 C 152 6 00 127 5 00 91 3 60 69 2 73 51 2 00 8 2 18 1321 3R18 B 152 6 00 135 5 30 89 3 50 63 2 48 151 2 00 5 5 12 1321 3R18 C 183 7 20 146 5 76 92 3 63 66 2 60 76 3 00 7 3 16 1321 3R25 A 183 7 20 146 5 76 85 3 35 60 2 35 76 3 00 4 9 11 1321 3R25 B 183 7 20 146 5 76 85 3 35 60 2 35 76 3 00 6 3 14 1321 3R25 C 183 7 20 146 5 76 105 4 10 79 3 10 76 3 00 8 1 18 1321 3R35 A 193 7 60 146 5 76 91 3 60 66 2 60 76 3 00 16 3 14 1321 3R35 B 183 7 20 147 5 80 95 3 75 79 3 10 76 3 00 7 3 16 1321 3R35 C 229 9 00 187 7 35 118 4 66 80 3 16 76 3 00 13 6 30 1321 3R45 A 229 9 00 187 7 35 118 4 66 80 3 16 76 3 00 10 4 23 1321 3R45 B 229 9 00 187 7 35 118 4 66 80 3 16
54. DC terminals or at the DC and P2 terminals on the Power Terminal Block refer to Chapter 1 Power Terminal descriptions The voltage must be Zero A darkened LCD display and LEDs is not an indication that capacitors have discharged to safe voltage levels ATTENTION Only qualified personnel familiar with adjustable frequency AC drives and associated machinery should plan or implement the installation start up and subsequent maintenance of the system Failure to comply may result in personal injury and or equipment damage ATTENTION This drive contains ESD Electrostatic Discharge sensitive parts and assemblies Static control precautions are required when installing testing servicing or repairing this assembly Component damage may result if ESD control procedures are not followed If you are not familiar with static control procedures reference A B publication 8000 4 5 2 Guarding Against Electrostatic Damage or any other applicable ESD protection handbook ATTENTION An incorrectly applied or installed drive can result in component damage or a reduction in product life Wiring or application errors such as undersizing the motor incorrect or inadequate AC supply or excessive ambient temperatures may result in malfunction of the system ATTENTION The bus regulator function is extremely useful for preventing nuisance overvoltage faults resulting from aggressive decelerations overhauling loads and eccentric loads However
55. Digital Speed RFO Reference Increment and Decrement keys N A Stops drive N A Stops drive e OFF Important Certain digital input settings can override drive operation Refer to Start and Speed Reference Control on page 1 28 for details PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMO01l EN P Start Up 2 9 No Function Mode In No Function mode e The Auto key has no function e Start command is defined by P036 Start Source e Speed Reference command is defined by P038 Speed Reference Table 2 D P042 Auto Mode 0 No Function T051 T054 Digital Inx Sel 2 Auto Mode or 3 Local Key LED Key Function Off e Not active Only active if PO36 Start Source e 0 Kevpad Starts drive HAND On Not active Only active if P038 Speed Oo Reference 0 Drive Pot Changes drive speed Off Not active N A Stops drive OFF Important Certain digital input settings can override drive operation Refer to Start and Speed Reference Control on page 1 28 for details PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOOtI EN P 2 10 Start Up Notes PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UM001I EN P Chapter 3 Programming and Parameters Chapter 3 provides a complete listing and description of the PowerF
56. Freq 2 Ref Add 3 Start Freq 3 Stop Freq 3 Ref Add Output Powr Fctr Testpoint Data Con Driv Fau Fau Fau Stat PID DC Fau Fau Fau Fau Fau trol SW Ver e Type Output Speed Output RPM Frequency Current Bus Volts us Fault Fdbk Display Bus Ripple V 4 Code 5 Code 6 Code 7 Code 8 Code R239 R240 R241 R242 R243 R244 R245 R246 R247 R248 R249 d318 d319 d320 d321 d322 d323 d324 d325 d326 d327 d328 d329 d330 d331 d332 d333 d334 3 3 Aux Start Delay R250 Aux Stop Delay R251 Aux Prog Delay R252 Aux AutoSwap TmeR253 Aux AutoSwap Lvl R254 Fault 9 Code Fault 10 Code Fault 4 Time hr Fault 4 Time min Fault 5 Time hr Fault 5 Time min Fault 6 Time hr Fault 6 Time min Fault 7 Time hr Fault 7 Time min Fault 8 Time hr ault 8 Time min Fault 9 Time hr Fault 9 Time min Fault10 Time hr Fault10 Time min d335 d336 d337 d338 d339 d340 d341 d342 d343 d344 d345 d346 d347 d348 d349 d350 PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOOtI EN P 3 4 Programming and Parameters Basic Display Group b001 Output Freq Related Parameter s b002 b008 P034 P035 P038 Output frequency present at T1 T2 amp T3 U V amp W Values Default Read Only Min Max 0 00 P035 Maximum Freq Display 0 01 Hz b002 Commanded Freq Related Parameter s 0001 P034 P035 P038 d302 Value of the ac
57. G 1 Configurable Input Point Operation Controller Drive Set Point 36 with Param to Read D Data From Set Point 37 to get Data of Param in Point 36 Table G 4 Configurable Points Inputs Point Name Desenplon Default 36 Read Param Param to read value 0 37 Read Value Value of parameter specified by Point 36 0 PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOOtI EN P G 8 P1 Floor Level Network FLN Writing Parameter Values These outputs are written each time the Write Value point is written from the network The Param for Write Param point s default to commonly accessed parameters and can be changed if desired A value of 0 in the Param for Write Param point field disables the writing of data Figure G 2 Configurable Output Point Operation Controller Set Point 38 with Drive Param to Read b Data To Write Point 39 to Write Data to D Param in Point 38 Table G 5 Configurable Points Outputs Point Name Description Deut 38 Write Param Param to write value 0 39 Write Value New value of parameter specified by Point 38 0 PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UM001I EN P A AC Supply Ground 1 11 Source 1 9 Ungrounded 1 9 Analog Input Loss Fault 4 4 Armored Cable 1 14 Auto Rstrt Tries Fault 4 4
58. Hz Display 0 01 Hz A143 Preset Freq oj Related Parameter s P038 P039 P040 TO51 T052 A144 Preset Freq 1 A145 Preset Freq 2 A146 Preset Freq 3 Values A143 Default 0 0 Hz A144 Default 5 0 Hz A145 Default 10 0 Hz A146 Default 20 0 Hz Min Max 0 0 320 0 Hz Display 0 1 Hz Provides a fixed frequency command value when T051 T052 Digital Inx Sel is set to 8 Preset Freg An active preset input will override speed command as shown in the flowchart on page page 1 28 1 To activate A143 Preset Freq 0 set P038 Speed Reference to option 4 Preset Freq Input State of Digital In 1 Input State of Digital In 2 O Terminal 05 when I O Terminal 06 when T051 8 T052 8 Frequency Source Accel Decel Parameter Used 2 0 0 A143 Preset Freq 0 Accel Time 1 Decel Time 1 1 0 A144 Preset Freq 1 Accel Time 1 Decel Time 1 0 1 A145 Preset Freq 2 Accel Time 2 Decel Time 2 1 1 A146 Preset Freq 3 Accel Time 2 Decel Time 2 When a Digital Input is set to Accel 2 amp Decel 2 and the input is active that input overrides the settings in this table PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOOtI EN P 3 36 Programming and Parameters Advanced Program Group continued A147 Accel Time 2 Related Parameter s P039 T051 T054 A143 A146 When active sets the rate of acceleration for all speed
59. Out6 Level R234 Relay Out Level R237 Relay Out8 Level Sets the trip point for the digital output relay if the value of Relay OutX Sel is 6 7 8 9 10 or 12 Relay OutX Select Setting Relay OutX Level Min Max 6 0 320 Hz 7 0 180 8 0 815 Volts 0 100 1 180 degs 0 1 Values Default 0 0 Min Max 0 0 9999 Display 0 1 Refer to Appendix D for details on the application of parameters R239 through R254 R239 Aux Motor Mode Enables operation of the auxiliary motor control modes when in PID mode Options 0 Disabled Default 1 Enabled PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMO01l EN P Programming and Parameters 3 57 Aux Relay Card Group continued R240 Aux Motor Qty Sets the number of auxiliary motors used while in Auxiliary Motor Control mode Options 1 1 Aux Mtr Default 1 Auxiliary Motor 2 2 Aux Mtr 2 Auxiliary Motors 3 3 Aux Mtr 3 Auxiliary Motors 4 1 Mtr Swap 1 1 Auxiliary Motor and AutoSwap Active 5 2 Mtr Swap 1 2 Auxiliary Motors and AutoSwap Active 6 3 Mtr Swap 1 3 Auxiliary Motors and AutoSwap Active R240 Drive Relays Auxiliary Relay Card Relays Option 1 Relay 2 Relay 3 Relay 4 Relay 5 Relay 6 Relay 7 Relay 8 Relay Motor 2 1 AC Line Motor 2 Motor 3 2 AC Line AC Line
60. Selects the Analog In 1 Input default setting 1 Analog In 2 Selects the Analog In 2 Input Note that the PID will not function with a bipolar analog input It will ignore any negative voltages and treat them like a zero 2 Comm Port The reference word from a communication network see Appendix E for details on the reference word such as Modbus RTU or DeviceNet becomes the PID Feedback The value sent over the network is scaled so that P035 Maximum Freq x 10 100 Feedback For example with Maximum Freq 60 Hz a value of 600 sent over the network would represent 100 Feedback 3 ACT1 ACT2 Selects actual inputs A204 ACT1 Input minus A205 ACT2 Input to be used as the feedback signal 4 ACT1 ACT2 Selects actual inputs A204 ACT1 Input plus A205 ACT2 Input to be used as the feedback signal PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMO01l EN P D 6 Application Notes Option Description 5 ACT1 ACT2 Selects actual inputs A204 ACT1 Input ua by A205 ACT2 Input to be used as the feedback signal 6 ACT1 ACT2 Selects actual inputs A204 ACT1 Input divided by A205 ACT2 Input to be used as the feedback signal 7 Min A1 A2 Selects the smaller of actual inputs A204 ACT1 Input or A205 ACT2 Input to be used as the feedback signal 8 Max A1 A2 Selects the larger of actual inputs A204
61. T071 Terminal Block 3 20 Analog In 1 Lo T070 Terminal Block 3 20 Analog In 1 Loss T072 Terminal Block 3 21 Analog In 1 Sel T069 Terminal Block 3 20 Analog In 2 d306 Advanced Display 3 61 Analog In 2 Hi T075 Terminal Block 3 22 Analog In 2 Lo T074 Terminal Block 3 22 Analog In 2 Loss T076 Terminal Block 3 23 Analog In Filter T089 Terminal Block 3 28 Analog Out High T083 Terminal Block 3 26 Analog Out Sel T082 Terminal Block 3 25 Analog Out2 High T086 Terminal Block 3 28 Analog Out2 Sel T085 Terminal Block 3 27 Anlg Loss Delay T088 Terminal Block 3 28 B B B B d B B B Analog In 2 Sel T073 Terminal Block 3 21 B B B B B B B B Anlg Outi Setpt T084 Terminal Block 3 26 Anlg Out2 Setpt T087 Terminal Block 3 28 Auto Mode P042 Basic Program 3 11 Auto Rstrt Delay A164 Advanced Program 3 40 Auto Rstrt Tries A163 Advanced Program 3 40 Aux 1 Ref Add R243 Relay Card 3 58 Aux 2 Ref Add R246 Relay Card 3 58 Aux 3 Ref Add R249 Relay Card 3 58 Aux 1 Start Freq R241 Relay Card 3 57 Aux 2 Start Freq R244 Relay Card 3 57 Aux 3 Start Freq R247 Relay Card 3 57 Aux 1 Stop Freq R242 Relay Card 3 58 Aux 2 Stop Freq R245 Relay Card 3 58 Aux 3 Stop Freq R248 Relay Card 3 58 Aux A
62. Table 1 A install one of the devices listed under the heading Corrective Action on the line side of the drive Important Only one device per branch circuit is required The device should be mounted closest to the branch and sized to handle the total current of the branch circuit Table 1 A Input Power Conditions Input Power Condition Corrective Action Low Line Impedance less than 1 line Install Line Reactor reactance e or Isolation Transformer Install Line Reactor or Isolation Transformer Line has power factor correction capacitors Line has frequent power interruptions Line has intermittent noise spikes in excess of 6000V lightning Phase to ground voltage exceeds 125 of Remove MOV jumper to ground normal line to line voltage Frame C E and F drives only e or Install Isolation Transformer with grounded secondary if necessary Ungrounded distribution system Refer to Appendix B for accessory ordering information PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMO01l EN P Installation Wiring 1 11 General Grounding Requirements The drive Safety Ground PE must be connected to system ground Ground impedance must conform to the requirements of national and local industrial safety regulations and or electrical codes The integrity of all ground connections should be periodically checked Figure 1 7 Typical Grounding TE CI
63. a PTC and external resistor e Use TO56 to set threshold 10 Above PF Ang e Power Factor angle has exceeded the value set in Relay OutX Level e Use T056 to set threshold 11 Anig In Loss Analog input loss has occurred Program 1072 Analog In 1 Loss and or 1076 Analog In 2 Loss for desired action when input loss occurs 12 ParamControl Enables the output to be controlled over network communications by writing to Relay OutX Level 0 Off 1 On 13 Retries Exst Value set in A163 Auto Rstrt Tries is exceeded 14 NonRec Fault e Number of retries for A163 Auto Rstrt Tries is exceeded e Non resettable fault occurs OR e A163 Auto Rstrt Tries is not enabled 15 Reverse Drive is commanded to run in reverse direction 16 Logic In 1 An input is programmed as Logic In 1 and is active 17 Logic In 2 An input is programmed as Logic In 2 and is active 23 Aux Motor Default Auxiliary Motor is commanded to run Refer to Appendix C PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOOtI EN P 3 56 Programming and Parameters R221 24 Fault with FRN 7 xx Relay output is inactive when power is applied to the drive R236 and later and is active when a fault occurs This is inverted from Option Options 0 Ready Fault Cont R222 Relay Out3 Level R225 Relay Out4 Level R228 Relay Out5 Level R231 Relay
64. and inches Catalog Number 22 HIM B1 jis 25 2 0 99 4 2m au ren dl 93 0 44 3 66 9 A K OOO0OO ODOOOO 180 QLOOO 7 09 OOOT OOOC Se PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOO1l EN P Appendix C RJ45 DSI Splitter Cable The PowerFlex 400 drive provides a RJ45 port to allow the connection of a single peripheral device The RJ45 DSI Splitter Cable can be used to connect a second DSI peripheral device to the drive Connectivity Guidelines peripherals may not perform as intended if these Connectivity ATTENTION Risk of injury or equipment damage exists The Guidelines are not followed Precautions should be taken to follow these Connectivity Guidelines Two peripherals maximum can be attached to a drive If a single peripheral is used it must be connected to the Master port M on the splitter and configured for Auto default or Master Parameter 9 Device Type on the DSI keypads and Parameter 1 Adapter Cfg on the Serial Converter are used to select the type Auto Master Slave Do not use the RJ45 Splitter Cable with a drive that has an internal network communication adapter installed Since only one additional peripheral can be added the second peripheral can be connected directly to the RJ45 port on the drive The internal Com
65. and P040 Decel Time 1 Alternative Accel Decel rates can be made through digital inputs RS485 DSI communications and or parameters See the chart below for the override priority Either P039 Accel Time 1 P040 Decel Time 1 RS485 DSI Port or Controls Speed A147 Accel Time 2 A148 Decel Time 2 can be selected when RS485 DSI port is active Input is programmed as Acc amp Dec 2 Digital Inx Sel 18 A147 Accel Time 2 A148 Decel Time 2 is active when input is active P039 Accel Time 1 P040 Decel Time 1 A147 Accel Time 2 A148 Decel Time 2 determined by the active Preset Frequency See A143 A146 Preset Freq 0 3 Speed is controlled by Preset Freq x A147 Accel Time 2 A148 Decel Time 2 Drive is performing an 4 ki are used Auxiliary Motor AutoSwap P039 Accel Time 1 P040 Decel Time 1 are used PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOOtI EN P 1 30 Installation Wiring RS485 Network Wiring Network wiring consists of a shielded 2 conductor cable that is daisy chained from node to node Figure 1 12 Network Wiring Diagram PowerFlex 400 PowerFlex 400 PowerFlex 400 Node 1 Node 2 Node n Master FRONT TxAXD 4 PRD 4 DRD 4 120 ohm resistor jo ohm resistor TxRxD TxRxD d TxRxD 5 A 5 5 PIN 1 Shield Shield Shield PIN
66. been demonstrated using harmonized European Norm EN standards published in the Official Journal of the European Communities PowerFlex Drives comply with the EN standards listed below when installed according to the User Manual CE Declarations of Conformity are available online at http www ab com certification ce docs Low Voltage Directive 73 23 EEC e EN50178 Electronic equipment for use in power installations EMC Directive 89 336 EEC e EN61800 3 Adjustable speed electrical power drive systems Part 3 EMC product standard including specific test methods General Notes All Drive Frames e The motor cable should be kept as short as possible in order to avoid electromagnetic emission as well as capacitive currents e Use of line filters in ungrounded systems is not recommended e Conformity of the drive with CE EMC requirements does not guarantee an entire machine installation complies with CE EMC requirements Many factors can influence total machine installation compliance Frame C Drives Only e If the plastic top panel is removed or the optional conduit box is not installed the drive must be installed in an enclosure with side openings less than 12 5 mm 0 5 in and top openings less than 1 0 mm 0 04 in to maintain compliance with the LV Directive PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOOtI EN P
67. delay time before Relay energizes after required condition testing Values Default 0 0 Secs Min Max 0 0 600 0 Secs Display 0 1 Secs T064 Relay 2 Off Time Related Parameter s T060 T061 T063 Sets delay time before Relay de energizes after required condition testing ceases Important Do not use this parameter with Auxiliary Motor Control mode AutoSwap enabled Values Default 0 0 Secs Min Max 0 0 600 0 Secs Display 0 1 Secs PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOOtI EN P 3 18 Programming and Parameters Terminal Block Group continued T065 Opto Out Sel Related Parameter s P033 T066 T068 T072 Determines the operation of the programmable opto output Options 0 Ready Fault Opto output is active when power is applied This indicates that the drive is ready for operation Opto output is inactive when power is removed or a fault occurs 1 At Frequency Drive reaches commanded frequency Default 2 MotorRunning Motor is receiving power from the drive 3 Hand Active Active when drive is in local control 4 Motor Overld Motor overload condition exists 5 Ramp Reg Ramp regulator is modifying the programmed accel decel times to avoid an overcurrent or overvoltage fault from occurring 6 Above Freq e Drive exceeds the frequency Hz value set in T066 Opto Out Level e Use T066 to set t
68. drive output terminal wiring for a shorted condition Replace drive if fault cannot be cleared 1 Clear the fault or cycle power to the drive Program the drive parameters as needed Check load requirements and A18 SW Current Trip setting 2 Reduce load or extend Accel Time Cycle power Replace drive if fault cannot be cleared Cycle power Check communications cabling Check network adapter setting Check external network status D 8 D PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOO1l EN P No F81 F94 F100 F122 Fault Comm Loss Function Loss Parameter Checksum 1 0 Board Fail Type Description RS485 DSI port stopped communicating P036 Start Source is set to setting 6 The input to terminal 01 has been opened The checksum read from the board does not match the checksum calculated Failure has been detected in the drive control and I O Troubleshooting 4 5 Action 1 Check RS485 wiring connection 2 Check if a communications adapter or HIM was disconnected 3 Increase C106 Comm Loss Time to an appropriate time for application 4 Change C105 Comm Loss Action to a value other than O fault if appropriate for the application Close input to terminal 01 and re start the drive Set P041 Reset To Defalts to option 1 Reset Defaults 1 Cycle powe
69. for the Reference G 6 Using P1 Configurable Points to Access Parameters rincer eme ours G 7 PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOO1l EN P Preface Overview The purpose of this manual is to provide you with the basic information needed to install start up and troubleshoot the PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive For information on See page Who Should Use this Manual P 1 Reference Materials P 1 Manual Conventions P 2 Drive Frame Sizes P 2 General Precautions P 3 Catalog Number Explanation P 4 Who Should Use this Manual This manual is intended for qualified personnel You must be able to program and operate Adjustable Frequency AC Drive devices In addition you must have an understanding of the parameter settings and functions Reference Materials The following manuals are recommended for general drive information Title Publication Available Online at Wiring and Grounding DRIVES INO01 Guidelines for Pulse Width Modulated PWM AC Drives Preventive Maintenance of DRIVES TDOO1 Industrial Control and Drive Svstem Equipment www rockwellautomation com Safetv Guidelines for the SGl 1 1 literature Application Installation and Maintenance of Solid State Control A Global Reference Guide for 100 2 10 Reading Schematic Diagrams PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manua
70. from exceeding limiting values insure that speed is not limited by programming PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UM001I EN P 4 8 Troubleshooting Motor operation is unstable Cause s Indication Corrective Action Motor data was incorrectly entered None 1 Correctly enter motor nameplate data into P031 P032 and P033 2 Enable A194 Compensation 3 Use A170 Boost Select to reduce boost level Drive will not reverse motor direction Cause s Indication Corrective Action Digital input is not selected for None Check T051 T054 Digital Inx Sel reversing control and P036 Start Source Choose correct input and program for reversing mode Digital input is incorrectly None Check input wiring See page 1 22 wired Motor wiring is improperly None Switch two motor leads phased for reverse Reverse is disabled None Check A166 Reverse Disable Drive does not power up Cause s Indication Corrective Action No input power to drive None Check the power circuit e Check the supply voltage e Check all fuses and disconnects Jumper between Power None Install jumper or connect DC Bus Terminals P2 and P1 not installed and or DC Bus Inductor not connected Inductor PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOO1l EN P Appendix
71. it can also cause either of the following two conditions to occur 1 Fast positive changes in input voltage or imbalanced input voltages can cause uncommanded positive speed changes 2 Actual deceleration times can be longer than commanded deceleration times However a Stall Fault is generated if the drive remains in this state for 1 minute If this condition is unacceptable the bus regulator must be disabled see parameter A187 PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOOtI EN P P 4 Overview Catalog Number Explanation 1 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 22C 3 Comm Slot Code Code Version 22C PowerFlex 400 3 RS485 Code Rating 0 Not Filtered Code Interface Module 1 Fixed Keypad Code Enclosure N Panel Mount IP20 UL Open Type A Panel Mount IP30 NEMA 1 UL Type 1 F Flange Mount IP20 UL Open Tppeld Output Current 200 240V 60Hz Input Output Current 380 480V Input Code Amps kWI HP Frame Code Amps KW HP Frame 12 6 0 012 2 2 3 0 C 6PO 22 3 0 017 175 3 7 50 C 010 105 40 5 0 024 24 55 75 C 012 12 55 7 5 083 33 75010 C 017 17 7 5 10 049 49 11 15 D 022 22 11 15 065 65 15 20 D 030 30 15 20 075 75 18 5 25 D 038 38 18 5 25 090 90 22 30 D 045 455 22 30 120 120 30 40 E 060 60 30 40 145 145 37 50 E 072 72 37 50 088 88 45 60 105 105 55 75 142 142 75 100 170 170 90 125 208 208 110 150 260 260 132 200 310 310 16
72. need to be toggled after a Stop input or a fault clear for the drive to run again The drive will stop only when the stop command is maintained or the drive is faulted PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UM001I EN P Programming and Parameters 3 9 Basic Program Group continued P037 Stop Mode Related Parameter s P036 C105 A176 A177 A178 Active stop mode for all stop sources e g keypad run forward I O Terminal 02 run reverse I O Terminal 03 RS485 port except as noted below Important I O Terminal 01 is always a coast to stop input except when P036 Start Source is set for 3 Wire control When in three wire control I O Terminal 01 is controlled by P037 Stop Mode Hardware Enable Circuitry By default I O Terminal 01 is a coast to stop input The status of the input is interpreted by drive software If the application requires the drive to be disabled without software interpretation a dedicated hardware enable configuration can be utilized This is accomplished by removing the ENBL enable jumper on the control board See page 1 21 for details In this case the drive will always coast to a stop regardless of the settings of P036 Start Source and P037 Stop Mode Options 0 Ramp CF Ramp to Stop Stop command clears active fault 1 Coast CF Default Coast to Stop Stop command clears active fault 2 DC Brake CF DC I
73. or associated equipment A hazard of personal injury and or equipment damage exists if codes are ignored during installation Opening the Cover Frame C Drives 1 Press and hold in the tabs on each side of the cover 2 Pull the cover out and up to release SK SSSSSSSSSSS PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOOtI EN P 1 2 Installation Wiring Frame D Drives 1 Loosen the two captive cover screws 2 Pull the bottom of the cover out and up to release Frame E Drives 1 Loosen the four captive cover screws 2 Pull the bottom of the cover out and up to release i 000000000002 I 000000000000008000 000000000008 000000000000000000 PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOO1l EN P Installation Wiring 1 3 Frame F Drives 1 Turn the latch counterclockwise 2 Pull on the latch to swing the door open i FITTER JIMA HI JHL Frame G Drives 1 Loosen the four captive cover screws 2 Pull the bottom of the cover out and up to release PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publicati
74. parameters that are in the group Press Enter or Sel to view the value of a parameter If you do not want to edit the value press Esc to return to the parameter number Press Enter or Sel to enter program mode to edit the parameter value The right digit will flash and the Program LED will illuminate if the parameter can be edited 10 If desired press Sel to move from digit to digit or bit to bit The digit or bit that you can change will flash 11 Press the Up Arrow or Down Arrow to change the parameter value 12 Press Esc to cancel a change The digit will stop flashing the previous value is restored and the Program LED will turn off Or Press Enter to save a change The digit will stop flashing and the Program LED will turn off 13 Press Esc to return to the parameter list Continue to press Esc to back out of the programming menu If pressing Esc does not change the display then b001 Output Freq is displayed Press Enter or Sel to enter the last group menu viewed Key s OQ a Ji v Example Displays Se a iv O0 The Basic Program Group page 3 7 contains the most commonly changed parameters PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UM001I EN P 2 6 Start Up Keypad Hand Off Auto Functions Parameter P042 Auto Mode defines
75. required PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMO01l EN P Application Notes D 13 Example 1 One External Motor without AutoSwap Three Phase Power PowerFlex 400 Reference j Feedback al Drive Relays PID Auxiliary Relay Card M2L e Auxiliary Motor Control is enabled via Parameter R239 Aux Motor Mode e Number of auxiliary motors is set via Parameter R240 Aux Motor Qty e Relays are configured for Auxiliary Motor Control via parameters T055 T060 R222 and R225 e The frequency of Motor 1 that Motor 2 turns on at is set via Parameter R241 Aux 1 Start Freq e The time that Motor 1 is above the value set by R241 Aux 1 Start Freq before turning on Motor 2 is set via Parameter R250 Aux Start Delay e The frequency of Motor 1 that Motor 2 turns off at is set via Parameter R242 Aux 1 Stop Freq e The time that Motor 1 is below the value set by R242 Aux Stop Freq before turning off Motor 2 is set via Parameter R251 Aux Stop Delay e PID setup is done via Parameters A150 through A159 See Appendix D for additional information Frequency R241 Aux 1 Start Freq R242 Aux 1 Stop Freq R251 Aux Stop Delay IB R250 Aux Start Delay W Time Important If using auxiliary motor control ensure that wiring
76. resistive grounded distribution system ATTENTION PowerFlex 400 drive frames contain protective MOVs Disconnecting MOVs Drive Frames C E and F only To prevent drive damage the MOVs connected to ground shall be disconnected if the drive is installed on an ungrounded distribution system where the line to ground voltages on any phase could exceed 125 of the nominal line to line voltage To disconnect these devices remove the jumper shown in Figure 1 6 Figure 1 5 Phase to Ground MOV Removal ei jA 3 l4 1 g g 1 Figure 1 6 MOV Jumper Location Frame C Frame E and F Typical K6 ojojojojojojojojojojo Important Tighten screw after jumper removal Note Frame D G and H drives do not contain a MOV to ground connection and are suitable for operation in both grounded and ungrounded distribution svstems without modification PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOOtI EN P 1 10 Installation Wiring Input Power Conditioning The drive is suitable for direct connection to input power within the rated voltage of the drive see Appendix A Listed in Table 1 A are certain input power conditions which may cause component damage or reduction in product life If any of the conditions exist as described in
77. that can contain much of the noise generated by a typical AC Drive Strong consideration for shielded cable should be given in installations with sensitive equipment such as weigh scales capacitive proximity switches and other devices that may be affected by electrical noise in the distribution system Applications with large numbers of drives in a similar location imposed EMC regulations or a high degree of communications networking are also good candidates for shielded cable PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMO01l EN P Installation Wiring 1 15 Shielded cable may also help reduce shaft voltage and induced bearing currents for some applications In addition the increased impedance of shielded cable may help extend the distance that the motor can be located from the drive without the addition of motor protective devices such as terminator networks Refer to Reflected Wave in Wiring and Grounding Guidelines for PWM AC Drives publication DRIVES INOOIA EN P Consideration should be given to all of the general specifications dictated by the environment of the installation including temperature flexibility moisture characteristics and chemical resistance In addition a braided shield should be included and be specified by the cable manufacturer as having coverage of at least 75 An additional foil shield can greatly improve noise containment A good example of recommended
78. the drive Correct the malfunction before continuing ATTENTION Power must be applied to the drive to perform the Prepare For Drive Start Up Before Applying Power to the Drive II 1 Confirm that all inputs are connected to the correct terminals and are secure II 2 Verify that AC line power at the disconnect device is within the rated value of the drive 1 3 Verify that any digital control power is 24 volts J 4 Verify that the Sink SNK Source SRC Setup DIP Switch is set to match your control wiring scheme See Table 1 H on page 1 22 for location Important The default control scheme is Source SRC The Stop terminal is jumpered I O Terminals 01 and 11 to allow starting from the keypad If the control scheme is changed to Sink SNK the jumper must be removed from I O Terminals 01 and 11 and installed between I O Terminals 01 and 04 1 5 Verify that the Stop input is present or the drive will not start Important If I O Terminal 01 is used as a stop input the jumper between I O Terminals 01 and 11 must be removed 1 6 Verify that the Analog I O DIP Switches are set to 10 volts PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOOtI EN P 2 2 Start Up Applying Power to the Drive 4 7 Apply AC power and control voltages to the drive 1 8 Familiarize yourself with the integral keypad features see page 2 3 before setting any Program Group parameters St
79. when drive is in local control 4 Motor Overld Motor overload condition exists 5 Ramp Reg Ramp regulator is modifying the programmed accel decel times to avoid an overcurrent or overvoltage fault from occurring 6 Above Freq e Drive exceeds the frequency Hz value set in T061 Relay Out2 Level e Use T061 to set threshold 7 Above Cur e Drive exceeds the current Amps value set in T061 Relay Out2 Level e Use T061 to set threshold Important Value for T061 Relay Out2 Level must be entered in percent of drive rated output current 8 Above DCVolt e Drive exceeds the DC bus voltage value set in T061 Relay Out2 Level e Use T061 to set threshold 9 Above Anlg 2 e Analog input voltage I O Terminal 17 exceeds the value set in T061 Relay Out2 Level e Do not use if 1073 Analog In 2 Sel is set to 3 Voltage Mode Bipolar e This parameter setting can also be used to indicate a PTC trip point when the input I O Terminal 17 is wired to a PTC and external resistor e Use T061 to set threshold 10 Above PF Ang e Power Factor angle has exceeded the value set in TO61 Relay Out2 Level e Use T061 to set threshold 1 Anlg In Loss Analog input loss has occurred Program T072 Analog In 1 Loss and or T076 Analog In 2 Loss for desired action when input loss occurs 12 ParamControl Enables the outpu
80. 0 200 300 500 100 D420 250 350 600 100 D630 Recommended Fuse Class UL Class J CC T or Type BS88 600V 550V or equivalent The AIC ratings of the Bul etin 140M Motor Protector Circuit Breakers may vary See Bulletin 140M Motor Protection Circuit Breakers Application Ratings 3 Manual Self Protected Type E Combination Motor Controller UL listed for 208 Wye or Delta 240 Wye or Delta 480Y 277 or 600Y 347 Not UL listed for use on 480V or 600V Delta Delta corner ground or high resistance ground systems When using a Manual Self Protected Type E Combination Motor Controller the drive must be installed in a ventilated or non ventilated enclosure with the minimum volume specified in this column Application specific thermal considerations may require a larger enclosure PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOOtI EN P 1 14 Installation Wiring Power Wiring and local codes outline provisions for safely installing electrical equipment Installation must comply with specifications regarding wire types conductor sizes branch circuit protection and disconnect devices Failure to do so may result in personal injury and or equipment damage ATTENTION National Codes and standards NEC VDE BSL etc ATTENTION To avoid a possible shock hazard caused by induced voltages unused wires in the conduit must be grounded at both ends For the same rea
81. 0 250 370 370 200 300 460 460 250 350 TLTIOONNMMMMOUUONNONOQNQ 1 Frame C drives only available with IP20 UL Open Type enclosure Field installed conversion kit available to achieve IP30 NEMA 1 UL Type 1 rating 2 Frame D E F G and H drives only available with IP30 NEMA 1 UL Type 1 enclosure Frame C drives only Additional accessories options and adapters are available See Appendix B for details Ss PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMO01l EN P Chapter 1 Installation Wiring This chapter provides information on mounting and wiring the PowerFlex 400 Drive For information on See page For information on See page Opening the Cover 1 1 Fuses and Circuit Breakers 1 12 Mounting Considerations 1 5 Power Wiring 1 14 AC Supply Source Considerations 1 9 VO Wiring 1 19 Recommendations General Grounding Requirements 1 11 EMC Instructions 1 31 Most start up difficulties are the result of incorrect wiring Every precaution must be taken to assure that the wiring is done as instructed All items must be read and understood before the actual installation begins installation Rockwell Automation Inc cannot assume responsibility for the compliance or the noncompliance to any code national local or ATTENTION The following information is merely a guide for proper otherwise for the proper installation of this drive
82. 0 1 Amps PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOOtI EN P 3 52 Programming and Parameters Advanced Program Group continued A201 PID Invert Error With FRN 6 xx and later When set to Inverted changes the sign of the PID error This causes an increase in the drive output frequency with PID Feedback greater than PID Setpoint and a decrease in drive output frequency with PID Feedback less than PID Setpoint Options 0 Not Inverted Default 1 Inverted A202 MOP Reset Sel Related Parameter s A142 With FRN 6 xx and later Set the drive to save the current MOP reference command Options 0 Zero MOP Ref This option clamps A142 Internal Freq at 0 0 Hz when the drive is not running 1 Save MOP Ref Reference is saved in A142 Internal Freq Default A203 Wake Deviation Related Parameter s T091 with FRN 7 xx and later Sets the deviation from PID setpoint the drive must reach to wake from sleep mode Values Default 0 0 Min Max 0 0 100 0 Display 0 1 A204 ACT1 Input Related Parameter s A153 with FRN 7 xx and later Defines the source of the data used as the actual ACT 1 input Options 0 Analog In 1 Default Use Analog Input 1 1 Analog In 2 Use Analog Input 2 2 Current Use b003 Output Current A205 ACT2 Input Related Parameter s A153 with FRN 7 xx and later
83. 0 150 Required Deltron MIF Series 50 Required 30 40 JB120A103 22 RFD150 150 No Deltron MIF Series 50 Required 37 50 JB145A103 22 RFD180 150 No Deltron MIF Series 75 Required 380 480 Volts 2 2 3 0 JDEPON103 22 RF018 CS 10 No 22 RF018 CS 1 Required 4 0 6 0 DO10N103 22 RF018 CS 10 No 22 RF018 CS 1 Required 5 5 7 5 JDO12N103 22 RF018 CS 10 No 22 RF018 CS 1 Required 7 5 10 DO17N103 22 RF018 CS 10 No 22 RF018 CS 1 Required 11 15 D022N103 22 RF026 CS 10 No 22 RF026 CS 1 Required 15 20 DO30N103 J22 RFDO36 100 No Deltron MIF Series 5 Required 18 5 25 D038A103 22 RFD050 150 No Deltron MIF Series 5 Required 22 30 D045A103 22 RFD050 150 No Deltron MIF Series 5 Required 30 40 DO60A103 22 RFD070 50 No Deltron MIF Series 5 Required 37 50 D072A103 J22 RFD100 50 No Deltron MIF Series 5 Required 45 60 D088A103 22 RFD100 50 No Deltron MIF Series 5 Required 55 75 D105A103 J22 RFD150 150 No Deltron MIF Series 5 Required 75 100 D142A103 22 RFD180 50 No Deltron MIF Series 5 Required 90 125 D170A103 22 RFD208 50 No 22 RFD208 5 Required 110 150 D208A103 22 RFD208 50 No 22 RFD208 5 Required 132 200 D260A103 22 RFD323 50 Required 22 RFD323 5 Required 160 250 D310A103 22 RFD480 50 Required 22 RFD480 5 Required 200 300 D370A103 22 RFD480 50 Required 22 RFD480 5 Required 250 350 ID460A103 22 RFD480 50 Required 22 RFD480 5 Required PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx
84. 0 mA 0 0 100 0 Setting Filter A 20 mA d305 26 Anigini 4 20 4 20mA 4mA 0 0 100 0 Setting Filter A 20mA d305 27 Anlgin2 0 10 0 10V OV 0 0 100 0 Setting Filter A 10V d306 28 Anlgin2 0 20 0 20mA 0 mA 0 0 100 0 Setting Filter A 20 mA d306 29 Anlgin2 4 20 4 20mA 4mA 0 0 100 0 Setting Filter A 20 mA d306 U For settings with the filter enabled if a 0 100 step change occurs the output will reach 95 in 500 milliseconds 99 in 810 milliseconds and 100 in 910 milliseconds Values Default 0 Min Max 0 29 Display 1 PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UM0011 EN P 3 26 Programming and Parameters Terminal Block Group continued T083 Analog Outi High Related Parameter s P035 T082 T084 Scales the Maximum Output Value for the T082 Analog Out1 Sel source setting Examples T083 Setting T082 Setting T082 Max Output Value 50 1 OutCurr 0 10 5V for 200 Drive Rated Output Current 90 11 OutPowr 0 20 18mA for 200 Drive Rated Power Values Default 100 Min Max 0 800 Display 1 T084 Anlg Outi Setpt Related Parameter s 7082 T083 Sets direct parameter control over the analog output If enabled this sets the percent value of analog output Values Default 0 0 Min Max 0 0 100 0 Display 0 1 PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMO01l EN P Programming and Para
85. 0 mm 7 9 in Ba 300 mm 11 8 in v gt A 300 mm 11 8 in D Installation Wiring 1 7 50 mm 2 0 in gt 200 mm 7 9 in gt 1 If the drive is installed with a side gap of 200 mm it has to be removed from the shelf to change the fan If the drive is installed with a side gap of 300 mm it does not need to be removed from the shelf to change the fan PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UM001I EN P 1 8 Installation Wiring Debris Protection Frame C Drives A plastic top panel is included with the drive Install the panel to prevent debris from falling through the vents of the drive housing during installation Remove the panel for IP 20 Open Type applications Frame D E F G and H Drives These drives have built in debris protection Installation of a protective panel is not required Storage e Store within an ambient temperature range of 40 to 85 C e Store within a relative humidity range of 0 to 95 non condensing e Do not expose to a corrosive atmosphere PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UM001I EN P Installation Wiring 1 9 AC Supply Source Considerations Ungrounded Distribution Systems that are referenced to ground These devices must be disconnected if the drive is installed on an ungrounded or
86. 1 10 to 45 C See Figure 1 2 E 14 to 113 F F See Figure 1 3 G See Figure 1 4 H 1 Frame C drives require installation of the PowerFlex 400 IP 30 NEMA 1 UL Type 1 option kit to achieve this rating PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UM001I EN P 1 6 Installation Wiring Minimum Mounting Clearances Refer to Appendix B for mounting dimensions Figure 1 1 Frame C Mounting Clearances Pp e Y YF V e o 120 mm 1 120 mm 4 7 in v 4 7 in v 120 mm A 120 mm A 4 7 in wy 4 7 in wy a L Closest object that ji L may restrict air flow through the drive heat sink and chassis i i CRD i 120 mm A 120 mm A 4 7 in we 4 7 in we 120 mm A 120 mm A sr rs r lr Mounting Option A Mounting Option B No clearance required between drives Figure 1 2 Frames D amp E Mounting Clearances gt 150 mm 6 0 in v NA 50 mm 50 mm 4 2 0 in p l 2 0 in gt TT a 150 mm 6 0 in v PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UM0011 EN P Figure 1 3 Frame F Mounting Clearances 50 mm 2 0 in 4 lt gt 250 mm 9 8 in gt 4 gt 150 mm 6 0 in v Figure 1 4 Frames G amp H Mounting Clearances 20
87. 1 0 66 LAO PID INT TIME 2 SEC 0 1 0 67 LAO PID DIF RATE 0 PERSEC 2 10 01 0 ii 68 LAO PID SETPOINT 0 PTC 0 1 0 70 LDI CMD DIR MON FWD 1 0 REV FWD 71 LDI ACCELERATING JOFF 1 0 ON OFF 72 LDI DECELERATING JOFF 1 0 ON OFF 73 LDI ALARM NORMAL 1 0 ALARM NORMAL 74 LDI AT SPEED OFF 1 0 ON OFF 75 LDI MAIN FREQ OFF 1 0 ON OFF 76 LDI OPER CMD OFF ii 1 0 ON OFF 77 LDI PARAM LOCK UNLOCK 1 0 LOCK UNLOCK 78 LDO JOG OFF 1 0 ON OFF 79 LDO LOCAL CNTRL 4 OFF 1 0 ON OFF 80 LDO MOP INC OFF 1 0 ON OFF 81 LDO ACCEL RATE 1 OFF 1 0 ON OFF 82 LDO ACCEL RATE 2 OFF 1 0 ON OFF 83 LDO DECEL RATE 1 OFF 1 0 ON OFF 84 LDO DECEL RATE 2 OFF 1 0 ON OFF 85 LDO JREF SELECT 1 OFF 1 0 ON OFF 86 LDO JREF SELECT 2 OFF 1 0 ON OFF 87 LDO REF SELECT 3 OFF 1 0 ON OFF 88 LDO MOP DEC OFF 1 0 ON OFF 92 LAO REFERENCE 0 PCT 0 01 0 xi 93 LDI OK FAULT OK 1 0 FAULT JOK 94 LDO RESET FAULT NORMAL 1 0 RESET NORMAL 99 LAO ERROR STATUS J0 1 0 S a a Points not listed are not used in this application b A single value in a column means that the value is the same in English units and in SI units c Pointnumbers that appear in brackets may be unbundled at the field panel 1 Depends on drive model 2 1 Secs 3 Depending on configuration units can be volts or milliamperes 4 Local Control causes the drive to use C108 Start So
88. 2 RFD150 150 Required 30 40 22C B120A103 22 RFD150 150 No 37 50 22C B145A103 22 RFD180 150 No 380 480 Volts 2 2 3 0 22C D6PON103 22 RF018 CS 10 No 4 0 5 0 22C D010N103 122 RF018 CS 10 No 5 5 7 5 22C DO12N103 22 RF018 CS 10 No PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UM001I EN P Installation Wiring 1 35 PowerFlex 400 Drive RequiredFilter Restrict Motor Install Drive and kW HP Cat No Cable to Meters Filter in Enclosure 7 5 10 22C D017N103 122 RF018 CS 10 No 11 15 22C D022N103 22 RF026 CS 10 No 15 20 22C D030N103 22 RFD036 100 No 18 5 25 22C D038A103 22 RFD050 150 No 22 30 22C D045A103 22 RFD050 150 No 30 40 22C D060A103 22 RFD070 50 No 37 50 22C D072A103 22 RFD100 50 No 45 60 22C D088A103 22 RFD100 50 No 55 75 22C D105A103 22 RFD150 150 No 75 100 22C D142A103 22 RFD180 50 No 90 125 22C D170A103 22 RFD208 50 No 110 150 22C D208A103 22 RFD208 50 No 132 200 22C D260A103 22 RFD323 50 Required 160 250 22C D310A103 22 RFD480 50 Required 200 300 22C D370A103 22 RFD480 50 Required 250 350 22C D460A103 22 RFD480 50 Required Figure 1 15 Connections and Grounding FF ay i l hi 1 Shielded Enclosure IP 30 NEMA 1 UL Tvpe 1 Option Kit Frame C Drives Only gt Y were EMI Filter L1 L1 BILI L2 g S
89. 2 turns off at is set via Parameter R242 Aux 1 Stop Freq e The time that Motor 1 is below the value set by R242 Aux 1 Stop Freq before turning off Motor 2 is set via Parameter R251 Aux Stop Delay e The running time between the PowerFlex 400 switching control from Motor 1 to Motor 2 is set via R253 Aux AutoSwap Time e PID setup is done via Parameters A150 through A159 See Appendix D for additional information e The maximum PID output level that an AutoSwap can occur is set via Parameter R254 Aux AutoSwap Lvl AutoSwap will be delayed until the PID output drops below this parameter setting Important If using auxiliary motor control ensure that wiring and parameter configuration are correct before wiring contactor outputs All relays on the Auxiliary Relay Card will energize on power up by default Failure to verify proper wiring and parameter configuration can result in improper motor operation or drive damage PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMO01l EN P Appendix E Modbus RTU Protocol PowerFlex 400 drives support the RS485 DSI protocol to allow efficient operation with Rockwell Automation peripherals In addition some Modbus functions are supported to allow simple networking PowerFlex 400 drives can be multi dropped on an RS485 network using Modbus protocol in RTU mode
90. 254 10 00 150 5 91 92 3 63 46 0 100 PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMO01l EN P Accessories and Dimensions B 17 Catalog Number A B Cc D E Weight 1321 3R250 B 366 14 40 292 11 50 292 11 50 192 7 56 117 4 60 53 5 118 1321 3R250 C 366 14 40 286 11 25 260 10 25 167 6 56 117 4 60 57 0 125 1321 3R320 B 274 10 80 229 9 00 254 10 00 165 6 50 92 3 63 46 3 102 1321 3R320 C 366 14 40 286 11 25 267 10 50 192 7 56 117 4 60 72 6 160 1321 3R400 B 381 15 00 286 11 25 292 11 50 179 7 06 117 4 60 53 5 118 1321 3R400 C 366 14 40 286 11 25 318 12 50 192 7 56 117 4 60 67 6 149 1321 3R500 B 366 14 40 292 11 50 292 11 50 192 7 56 1117 4 60 53 5 118 1321 3R500 C 366 14 40 286 11 25 254 10 00 141 5 56 1117 4 60 54 4 120 Figure B 9 Bulletin 1321 DC Series Bus Inductors Dimensions are in millimeters and inches Weights are in kilograms and pounds Model A Model B oo Le A gt C o Q I
91. 30 40 120 120 22C B120A103 E 37 50 145 J130 22C B145A103 E 480V 50 60 Hz 22 3 0 6 6 22C D6PON103 Cc 3 Phase 4 0 5 0 105 110 5 22C DO1ON103 c 5 5 75 12 12 22C D012N103 c 75 10 17 J17 22C D017N103 c 11 15 22 22 22C D022N108 c 15 20 30 27 22C D080N108 c 18 5 25 38 38 22C D038A103 D 22 30 45 5 455 22C D045A103 D 30 40 60 54 22C D060A103 D 37 50 72 72 22C D072A103 E 45 60 88 88 22C D088A103 E 55 75 105 105 22C D105A103 E 75 100 142 128 22C D142A103 E 90 125 170 170 122C D170A103 F 110 150 208 208 22C D208A103 F 132 200 260 260 22C D260A103 G 160 250 310 290 22C D310A103 G 200 300 370 1370 22C D370A103 H 250 350 460 410 22C D460A103 H PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOOtI EN P B 2 Accessories and Dimensions Table B 3 PowerFlex 400 Flange Mount Drives Drive Ratings Output Current Frame Input Voltage kW HP 45 C 50 C Catalog Number Size 240V 50 60 Hz 22 3 12A 12A 22C B012F103 C 3 Phase 37 5 17 5A 17 5A 22C B017F103 c 5 5 75 24A 24A 22C BO24F103 c 75 10 33A 33A 22C B033F103 c 480V 50 60 Hz 2 2 3 60A 6 0A 22C D6P0F103 c 3 Phase 40 5 10A 10A 22C D010F103 c 5 5 75 12A 12A 22C D012F103 fe 75 10 17A 17A 22C DO17F103 c 11 15 22A 22A 22C D022F103 1 Cc 15 20 30A 27A 22C D030F103 1 c 1 A DC bus inductor is required See Table B 7 for ordering info
92. 302 bit 3 I O Terminal 05 53 DIGITAL IN 5 d302 bit 4 I O Terminal 06 54 DIGITAL IN 6 d302 bit 5 I O Terminal 07 55 DIGITAL IN 7 d302 bit 6 I O Terminal 08 60 INPUT REF 1 d305 61 INPUT REF 2 d306 62 ANALOG OUT 1 T082 63 ANALOG OUT 2 T085 64 LAST FAULT b007 65 PID GAIN A154 66 PID INT TIME A155 67 PID DIFF RATE A156 68 PID SETPOINT A157 PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOO1l EN P P1 Floor Level Network FLN G 5 Table G 2 Point Database for Application 2735 Point Number Subpoint Name Parameter 70 CMD DIR MON b006 bit 2 Forward 71 ACCELERATING b006 bit 3 Accelerating 72 DECELERATING b006 bit 4 Decelerating 73 ALARM 74 AT SPEED 75 MAIN FREQ d301 Digit 0 76 OPER CMD d301 Digit 1 77 PARAM LOCK 78 JOG 79 LOCAL CNTRL 80 MOP INC 81 ACCEL RATE 1 82 ACCEL RATE 2 83 DECEL RATE 1 84 DECEL RATE 2 85 REF SELECT 1 86 REF SELECT 2 87 REF SELECT 3 88 MOP DEC 92 REFERENCE b022 93 OK FAULT 94 RESET FAULT 99 ERROR STATUS 1 These parameters affect the operation of an optional auxiliary relay board PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UM0011 EN P G 6 P1 Floor Level Network FLN Using Percent for the Reference The Reference Point 92 for P1 is set as a pe
93. 34 Maximum Freq Values Default Read Only Min Max 0 0 100 0 Display 0 1 d323 Output RPM Related Parameter s A199 Displays current output frequency in RPM The scale is based on A199 Motor NP Poles Values Default Read Only Min Max 0 24000 RPM Display 1 RPM PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMO01l EN P Programming and Parameters 3 65 Advanced Display Group continued d324 Fault Frequency Related Parameter s 0001 Displays the value of b001 Output Freq when the last fault occurred Values Default Read Only Min Max 0 00 320 00 Hz Display 0 01 Hz d325 Fault Current Related Parameter s b003 Displays the value of b003 Output Current when the last fault occurred Values Default Read Only Min Max 0 0 Drive Rated Amps x 2 Display 0 1 Amps d326 Fault Bus Volts Related Parameter s b005 Displays the value of b005 DC Bus Voltage when the last fault occurred Values Default Read Only Min Max 0 820 VDC Display 1 VDC d327 Status Fault Related Parameter s b006 Displays the value of b006 Drive Status when the last fault occurred Values Default Read Only Min Max 0 1 Displav 1 d328 PID Fdbk Display Related Parameter s 006 With FRN 7 xx and later Displays the active PID Feedback value Values Default 0 0 Min Max 200 0 200 0 Display 0 1 d329 DC Bus Ri
94. 41 1321 3R12 C 1321 3RA12 C 55 1725 12 18 4 2 41 1321 3R12 C 1321 3RA12 C 75 10 18 27 2 5 43 1321 3R18 C 1321 3RA18 C tt 15 25 37 5 2 0 61 1321 3R25 C 1321 3RA25 C 15 20 135 52 5 1 2 54 1321 3R35 C 1321 3RA35 C 18 5 25 35 52 5 1 2 54 1321 3R35 C 1321 3RA35 C 22 30 45 67 5 1 2 65 1321 3R45 C 1321 3RA45 C 30 40 55 82 5 0 85 71 1321 3R55 C 1321 3RA550 C 37 50 80 120 0 7 96 1321 3R80 C 1321 3RA80 C 45 60 80 120 0 7 96 1321 3R80 C 1321 3RA80 C 55 75 100 150 0 45 108 1321 3R100 C 1321 3RA100 C 75 100 130 195 0 3 128 1321 3R130 C 1321 3RA130 C 90 1125 160 240 0 23 138 1321 3R160 C 1321 3RA160 C 110 150 200 300 0 185 146 1321 3R200 C 1 1321 3RA200 C 132 200 250 375 0 15 219 1321 3RB250 C 1321 3RAB250 C 160 250 1320 480 0 125 351 1321 3RB320 C 1321 3RAB320 C 200 300 400 560 0 105 293 1321 3RB400 C 1321 3RAB400 C 250 350 500 700 0 085 422 1321 3R500 C 1321 3RA500 C PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UM001I EN P Accessories and Dimensions Table B 6 Bulletin 1321 DC Series Bus Inductors 200 240V 60 Hz Three Phase Inductance Catalog Number kW HP DC Amps jmh Watts Loss IP00 Open Style 2 2 3 12 0 92 5 1321 DC12 1 3 7 5 18 0 63 5 1321 DC18 1 5 5 7 5 32 0 85 11 1321 DC32 1 7 5 10 40 0 75 15 1321 DC40 2 Table B 7 Bulletin 1321 DC Series Bus Inductors 380 480V 60 Hz Three Phase Inductance C
95. A196 14 OutFreq 4 20 4 20mA 4mA 0Hz Maximum Freq None 20mA b001 15 OutCurr 4 20 4 20mA 4mA 0Amps 200 Drive Rated FLA Filter A 20 mA b003 16 OutTorq 4 20 4 20mA 4mA 0Amps 200 Drive Rated FLA Filter A 20 mA b013 17 OutVolt 4 20 4 20mA 4mA 0 Volts 120 Drive Rated Output V None 20 mA b004 18 OutPowr 4 20 4 20mA 4mA 0kW 200 Drive Rated Power Filter A 20 mA b010 19 Setpnt4 20 4 20mA 4mA 0 0 100 0 Setting None 20mA T084 20 TstData 4 20 4 20mA 4 mA 0000 65535 Hex FFFF None 20mA A196 21 MinFreq 0 10 0 10V OV Min Freq Maximum Freq None 10V b001 22 MinFreq 0 20 0 20mA 0 mA Min Freq Maximum Freq None 20mA b001 23 MinFreq 4 20 4 20mA 4mA Min Freq Maximum Freq None 20mA b001 24 Anigini 0 10 0 10V OV 0 0 100 0 Setting Filter A 10V d305 25 Anligin1 0 20 0 20mA 0 mA 0 0 100 0 Setting Filter A 20 mA d305 26 Anigini 4 20 4 20mA 4mA 0 0 100 0 Setting Filter A 20 mA d305 27 Anlgin2 0 10 0 10V OV 0 0 100 0 Setting Filter A 10V d306 28 Anlgin2 0 20 0 20mA 0 mA 0 0 100 0 Setting Filter A 20 mA d306 29 Anlgin2 4 20 4 20mA 4mA 0 0 100 0 Setting Filter A 20 mA d306 U For settings with the filter enabled if a 0 100 step change occurs the output will reach 95 in 500 milliseconds 99 in 810 milliseconds and 100 in 910 milliseconds Values Default 1 Min Max 0 29 Display 1 PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UM0011 EN P 3 28 Programming and Param
96. AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOOtI EN P F 8 Metasys N2 Notes PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UM001I EN P Appendix G P1 Floor Level Network FLN Appendix G provides information about controlling a PowerFlex 400 drive setting its Reference and accessing its parameters through configurable points when the P1 FLN protocol is selected The P1 FLN protocol is a serial communication protocol used by the Siemens APOGEE system Topic Page Understanding P1 FLN G 1 Network Points G 2 Using Percent for the Reference G 6 Using P1 Configurable Points to Access Parameters G 7 Understanding P1 FLN The P1 FLN master performs read and write commands to certain points and the internal P1 FLN protocol firmware transfers translates the data between these points and the drive When a read or write command occurs to a certain point data in the point is refreshed from or transferred to the drive The P1 FLN master also performs cyclic polling of all the virtual objects P1 FLN Points A P1 FLN node may contain up to 99 points ATTENTION Risk of equipment damage exists If a controller is programmed to write parameter data to Non Volatile Storage NVS frequently the NVS will quickly exceed its life cycle and cause the drive to malfunction Do not create a program that frequently uses configurable outputs to write parameter data to N
97. ACT1 Input or A205 ACT2 Input to be used as the feedback signal Analog PID Reference Signals Parameters T070 Analog In 1 Lo T071 Analog In 1 Hi TO74 Analog In 2 Lo and T075 Analog In 2 Hi are used to scale or invert an analog PID Reference Examples Scale Function For a 0 5 volt signal the following parameter settings are used so that a 0 volt signal 0 PID Reference and a 5 volt signal 100 PID Reference e T069 Analog In 1 Sel or T073 Analog In 2 Sel 2 Voltage Mode Unipolar e T070 Analog In 1 Lo or T074 Analog In 2 Lo 0 0 e T071 Analog In 1 Hi or T075 Analog In 2 Hi 50 0 e A152 PID Ref Sel 0 0 10V Input Input Volts 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 PID Reference PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMO01l EN P Application Notes D 7 Invert Function For a 4 20mA signal the following parameter settings are used so that a 20mA signal 0 PID Reference and a 4mA signal 100 PID Reference e T069 Analog In 1 Sel or T073 Analog In 2 Sel 1 Current Mode 4 20 mA e T070 Analog In 1 Lo or T074 Analog In 2 Lo 100 0 e T071 Analog In 1 Hi or T075 Analog In 2 Hi 0 0 e A152 PID Ref Sel 2 Analog In 1 or 3 Analog In 2 I 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 PID Reference
98. C 146 International Electrical Code Protection Bus Overvoltage Trip 200 240V AC Input 405V DC bus voltage equivalent to 290V AC incoming line 380 460V AC Input 810V DC bus voltage equivalent to 575V AC incoming line Bus Undervoltage Trip 200 240V AC Input 210V DC bus voltage equivalent to 150V AC incoming line 380 480V AC Input 390V DC bus voltage equivalent to 275V AC incoming line Power Ride Thru 100 milliseconds Logic Control Ride Thru 0 5 seconds minimum 2 seconds typical Electronic Motor Overload Protection Provides class 10 motor overload protection according to NEC article 430 and motor over temperature protection according to NEC article 430 126 A 2 UL 508C File 29572 Overcurrent 180 hardware limit 220 instantaneous fault Ground Fault Trip Phase to ground on drive output Short Circuit Trip Phase to phase on drive output Environment Altitude 1000 m 3300 ft max without derating Above 1000 m 3300 ft derate 1 for every 100 m 328 ft up to a maximum altitude of 2000 m 6600 ft Maximum Surrounding Air Temperature without derating IP20 Open Type IP30 NEMA Type 1 UL Type 1 10 to 50 degrees C 14 to 122 degrees F 10 to 45 degrees C 14 to 113 degrees F Cooling Method Fan All drive ratings Storage Temperature 2 2 kW 3 0 HP to 7 5 kW 10 HP 11 kW 15 HP to 250 KW 350 HP 40 to 85 degrees C 40 to 185 degre
99. CM 152 0 mm 300 MCM 40 0 N m 354 Ib in 1 Maximum minimum sizes that the terminal block will accept these are not recommendations If national or local codes require sizes outside this range lugs may be used Some ratings will require a pair of wires PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOO1l EN P A Installation Wiring 1 19 1 0 Wiring Recommendations Motor Start Stop Precautions ATTENTION A contactor or other device that routinely disconnects and reapplies the AC line to the drive to start and stop the motor can cause drive hardware damage The drive is designed to use control input signals that will start and stop the motor If used the input device must not exceed one operation per minute or drive damage can occur ATTENTION The drive start stop control circuitry includes solid state components If hazards due to accidental contact with moving machinery or unintentional flow of liquid gas or solids exist an additional hardwired stop circuit may be required to remove the AC line to the drive When the AC line is removed there will be a loss of any inherent regenerative braking effect that might be present the motor will coast to a stop An auxiliary braking method may be required Important points to remember about I O wiring e Always use copper wire e Wire with an insulation rating of 600V or greater is recommended e Control and signa
100. Card 3 56 Relay Out5 Sel R227 Relay Card 3 55 Relay Out6 Level R231 Relay Card 3 56 Relay Out6 Sel R230 Relay Card 3 55 Relay Out7 Level R233 Relay Card 3 55 Relay Out7 Sel R234 Relay Card 3 56 Relay Out8 Level R237 Relay Card 3 56 Relay Out8 Sel R236 Relay Card 3 55 Reset Meters A195 Advanced Program 3 50 Reset To Defalts P041 Basic Program 3 11 Reverse Disable A166 Advanced Program 3 41 S Curve A149 Advanced Program 3 37 Skip Freq Band 1 A189 Advanced Program 3 48 Skip Freq Band 2 A191 Advanced Program 3 49 Skip Freq Band 3 A193 Advanced Program 3 50 Skip Frequency 1 A188 Advanced Program 3 48 Skip Frequency 2 A190 Advanced Program 3 48 Skip Frequency 3 A192 Advanced Program 3 49 Sleep Level T078 Terminal Block 3 24 Sleep Sel T090 Terminal Block 3 29 Sleep Time T079 Terminal Block 3 24 Sleep Wake Sel T077 Terminal Block 3 23 Slip Hertz FLA A175 Advanced Program 3 45 Speed Ref 2 C109 Communications 13 34 Speed Reference P038 Basic Program 3 10 Stall Fault Time A186 Advanced Program 3 47 Si Si Si Si art At PowerUp A165 Advanced Program 3 41 art Boost A171 Advanced Program 3 44 art Source P036 Basic Program 3 8 art Source 2 C108 Communications 3 33 PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMO001I EN P Prog
101. Control and Information Solutions Headquarters Americas Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee WI 53204 USA Tel 1 414 382 2000 Fax 1 414 382 4444 Europe Middle East Africa Rockwell Automation Vorstlaan Boulevard du Souverain 36 1170 Brussels Belgium Tel 32 2 663 0600 Fax 32 2 663 0640 Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel 852 2887 4788 Fax 852 2508 1846 Publication 22C UM001I EN P August 2014 PN 143041 Supersedes 22C UMO01H EN P June 2013 Copyright 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in China
102. Drive Rated OutputV None 10V b004 4 OutPowr 0 10 0 10V OV 0kW 200 Drive Rated Power Filter A 10V b010 5 Setpnt0 10 0 10V OV 0 0 100 0 Setting None 10V 7084 6 TstData0 10 0 10V OV 0000 65535 Hex FFFF None 10V A196 7 OutFreq 0 20 0 20mA OmA OHz Maximum Freq None 20mA b001 8 OutCurr 0 20 0 20mA OmA 0Amps 200 Drive Rated FLA Filter A 20 mA b003 9 OutTorg0 20 0 20mA OmA 0Amps 200 Drive Rated FLA Filter A 20mA b013 10 OutVolt 0 20 0 20mA 0mA 0 Volts 120 Drive Rated OutputV None 20 mA b004 11 OutPowr 0 20 0 20mA OmA 0kW 200 Drive Rated Power Filter A 20 mA b01 12 Setpnt0 20 0 20mA 0 mA 0 0 100 0 Setting None 20mA T084 13 TstData 0 20 0 20mA 0 mA 0000 65535 Hex FFFF None 20mA A196 14 OutFreq 4 20 4 20mA 4mA 0Hz Maximum Freq None 20mA b001 15 OutCurr 4 20 4 20mA 4mA 0Amps 200 Drive Rated FLA Filter A 20 mA b003 16 OutTorq 4 20 4 20mA 4mA 0Amps 200 Drive Rated FLA Filter A 20 mA b013 17 OutVolt 4 20 4 20mA 4mA 0 Volts 120 Drive Rated Output V None 20 mA b004 18 OutPowr 4 20 4 20mA 4mA 0kW 200 Drive Rated Power Filter A 20 mA b010 19 Setpnt4 20 420mA 4mA 0 0 100 0 Setting None 20mA T084 20 TstData 4 20 4 20mA 4 mA 0000 65535 Hex FFFF None 20mA A196 21 MinFreq 0 10 0 10V OV Min Freq Maximum Freq None 10V b001 22 MinFreq 0 20 0 20mA OmA Min Freq Maximum Freq None 20mA b001 23 MinFreq 4 20 4 20mA 4mA Min Freq Maximum Freq None 20mA b001 24 Anigini 0 10 0 10V OV 0 0 100 0 Setting Filter A 10V d305 25 Anligin1 0 20 0 20mA
103. Flex 400 User Manual since the June 2013 release Description of New or Updated Information See Page s Maximum Surrounding Air Temperature table updated 15 Frames G amp H Mounting Clearances diagram updated 1 7 Multiple Digital Input Connections example updated 1 27 New parameters listed in the table below added to Parameter 3 2 Organization table Parameter T055 Relay Out1 Sel Option 24 Fault added 3 14 Parameter T060 Relay Out2 Sel Option 24 Fault added 3 16 Parameter T065 Opto Out Sel Option 24 Fault added 3 18 Parameter T077 Sleep Wake Sel description updated 3 23 Parameter T077 Sleep Wake Sel Option 4 Ind Slp Wake added Parameter T082 Analog Outi Sel Settings 24 29 added 3 25 Parameter T085 Analog Out Sel Settings 24 29 added 3 27 Parameter A153 PID Feedback Sel Options 3 8 added 3 38 Parameter R221 R236 Relay Outx Sel Option 24 Fault added 3 55 Parameter d328 PID Fdbk Disply Minimum value updated from 0 0 3 65 to 200 0 Maximum value updated from 120 0 to 200 0 New parameters listed in the table below added to Parameter 71 Cross Reference table Internal DC Bus Choke specification for 380 480V AC Input updated 4 from 11 160 kW 15 250 HP to 18 5 160 kW 25 250 HP Table D B Parameter A153 PID Feedback Sel Options 3 8 added D 5 Writing 06 L
104. Frame C drives Sets the condition that changes the state of the output relay contacts Options 0 Ready Fault Relay changes state when power is applied This indicates that the drive is ready for operation Relay returns drive to shelf state when power is removed or a fault occurs 1 At Frequency Drive reaches commanded frequency 2 MotorRunning Motor is receiving power from the drive 3 Hand Active Active when drive is in local control 4 Motor Overld Motor overload condition exists 5 Ramp Reg Ramp regulator is modifying the programmed accel decel times to avoid an overcurrent or overvoltage fault from occurring 6 Above Freq e Drive exceeds the frequency Hz value set in Relay OutX Level e Use T056 to set threshold 7 Above Cur e Drive exceeds the current Amps value set in Relay OutX Level e Use T056 to set threshold Important Value for Relay OutX Level must be entered in percent of drive rated output current 8 Above DCVolt e Drive exceeds the DC bus voltage value set in Relay OutX Level e Use T056 to set threshold 9 Above Anlg 2 e Analog input voltage I O Terminal 17 exceeds the value set in Relay OutX Level e Do not use if 1073 Analog In 2 Sel is set to 3 Voltage Mode Bipolar e This parameter setting can also be used to indicate a PTC trip point when the input I O Terminal 17 is wired to
105. Freq ry P039 or A147 jq P040 or A148 0 Accel Time x a Decel Time x Time PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMO01l EN P Programming and Parameters 3 11 Basic Program Group continued P040 Decel Time 1 Related Parameter s P038 P039 T051 T054 A141 A143 A146 A148 Sets the rate of deceleration for all speed decreases Maximum Freq Decel Time Paced ale Values Default 20 00 Secs 2 2 110 kW 3 0 150 HP 60 00 Secs 132 250 kW 200 350 HP Min Max 0 00 600 00 Secs Display 0 01 Secs P035 Maximum Freq ry P039 or A147 jq aline Time p P040 or A148 ja Decel Time x P041 Reset To Defalts Stop drive before changing this parameter Resets all parameter values to factory defaults Options 0 Ready Idle Default 1 Factory Rset e After the reset function is complete this parameter will set itself back to 0 e Causes an F48 Params Defaulted fault Important Drives packaged for fan and pump applications ship with custom default settings that differ from Factory Defaults Setting this parameter to option 1 will require reprogramming of select parameters Refer to publication 22C IN002 for packaged drive default settings P042 Auto Mode Related Parameter s P036 P038 Stop drive before changing this parameter Determines the operation of the Auto key on the integral keypad Refer to pa
106. Input 2 0 10V Optically isolated external 0 10V unipolar 10V bipolar 0 20mA or 4 20mA input supply or potentiometer wiper Default input is 0 10V For current mA input set Al2 DIP Switch to 20mA Program with T073 Analog In 2 Sel Input Impedance 100k ohm Voltage Mode 250 ohm Current Mode Analog Common 2 For Analog Input 2 Electronically isolated from digital I O and opto output With Analog Input 2 provides one fully isolated analog input channel Opto Output At Frequency Program with T065 Opto Out Sel 4 JO ez Ion 4 c I gt ICO 2 ez io 20 1 2 RS485 DSI Shield See Footnotes 1 and 4 on page 1 21 Important information regarding Stop commands and the Digital Inx Sel Purge option is provided on page 3 12 Terminal connected to Safetv Ground PE when using the RS485 DSI Communication Port PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UM001I EN P Installation Wiring 1 23 Table 1 1 Relay Terminal Designations and DIP Switches No Signal Default Description Param Ri 1 Relay N O Ready Fault Normally open contact for No 1 output relay T055 R2 1 Relay Common ii Common for output relav R3 1 Relay N C Ready Fault N
107. L2 EMI Fittings and Metal Conduit U T1 L3 L3 me X A Enclosure Ground Connection Shielded Motor Cable Building Structure Steel 1 Shielded Enclosure required for 200 240V AC 11 22 kW 15 30 HP PowerFlex 400 drives PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOOtI EN P 1 36 Installation Wiring Notes PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UM001I EN P Chapter 2 Start Up This chapter describes how to start up the PowerFlex 400 Drive To simplify drive setup the most commonly programmed parameters are organized in a single Basic Program Group Important Read the General Precautions section before proceeding following start up procedures Some of the voltages present are at incoming line potential To avoid electric shock hazard or damage to equipment only qualified service personnel should perform the following procedure Thoroughly read and understand the procedure before beginning If an event does not occur while performing this procedure Do Not Proceed Remove All Power including user supplied control voltages User supplied voltages may exist even when main AC power is not applied to
108. N Sal a A Reserved 10 Nederlands C102 Comm Format Related Parameter s d303 d306 Selects the protocol data bits 8 data bits only parity None Even Odd and stop bits 1 or 2 used by the RS485 port on the drive Refer to Appendix D and Appendix E for details on using the drive communication features Important Power to drive must be cycled before any changes will affect drive operation Options 0 RTU 8 N 1 Default 1 RTU 8 E 1 RTU 8 0 1 RTU 8 N 2 RTU 8 E 2 RTU 8 0 2 MetaSys N2 P1 8 N 1 Floor Level Network FLN P1 8 E 1 Floor Level Network FLN o OI Jo nm BR AJN P1 8 0 1 Floor Level Network FLN C103 Comm Data Rate Related Parameter s d303 Sets the serial port rate for the RS485 DSI port Important Power to drive must be cycled before any changes will affect drive operation Options 0 1200 1 2400 4800 9600 Default 2 3 4 19 2K 5 38 4K PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOOtI EN P 3 32 Programming and Parameters Communications Group continued C104 Comm Node Addr Related Parameter s d30 Sets the drive node address for the RS485 DSI port if using a network connection Important Power to drive must be cycled before any changes will affect drive operation
109. UM0011 EN P F 4 Metasys N2 Table F 9 Binary Outputs Network Point Values Type Address NPT NPA Name Description ON 1 OFF 0 BO 1 Run Enable Logic Command bit 00 Enable Stop Coast BO 2 Start Stop Logic Command bit 00 amp 01 Start Stop Normal BO 3 Jog Logic Command bit 02 Jog Not Jog BO 4 Clear Faults Logic Command bit 03 Clear Flts Not Clear Fits BO 5 Fwd Rev Logic Command bit 04 amp 05 Forward Reverse BO 6 Not Used Logic Command bit 06 BO 7 MOP Inc Logic Command bit 07 Increment Not Increment BO 8 Accel 1 Logic Command bit 08 Accel Rate 1 Not Accel 1 BO 9 Accel 2 Logic Command bit 09 Accel Rate 2 Not Accel 2 BO 10 Decel 1 Logic Command bit 10 Decel Rate 1 Not Decel 1 BO 11 Decel 2 Logic Command bit 11 Decel Rate 2 Not Decel 2 BO 12 Ref Sel 1 Logic Command bit 12 BO BO 13 Ref Sel 2 Logic Command bit 13 14 13 12 BO 14 Ref Sel 3 Logic Command bit 14 0 0 0 NoCommand 0 0 1 P038 Speed Reference 0 1 0 A142 Internal Freq 0 1 1 Comm Address 8193 1 0 0 A143 Preset Freq 0 1 0 1 A144 Preset Freq 1 1 1 0 A145 Preset Freq 2 1 1 1 A146 Preset Freq 3 BO 15 MOP Dec Logic Command bit 15 Decrement Not Decrement BO 16 Pnl Lock Lock out Drive Front Panel Lock Unlock BO 17 Digital Out 1 Relay 1 on Drive On Off Drive Terminal R1 R2 R3 BO 18 Digital Out 2 Relay 2 on Dr
110. VS unless C107 Comm Write Mode is set to option 1 PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOOtI EN P G 2 P1 Floor Level Network FLN Network Points Table G 1 Point Database for Application 2735 Factory Engineering Point Point Default Units Slope Intercept Number Type Subpoint Name SI Units SI Units SI Units SI Units On Text Off Text 01 LAO CTLR ADDRESS 99 1 0 02 LAO APPLICATION 2735 1 0 03 LAI JFREQOUTPUT J0 HZ 0 01 0 04 LAI IPCTOUTPUT 0 PCT 0 1 0 05 LAI SPEED 0 RPM 1 0 06 LAI CURRENT 0 AMPS 0 1 0 07 LAI TORQUE 0 AMPS 0 1 0 08 LAI POWER 0 HP 0 1333 0 KW 0 1 0 09 LAI DRIVE TEMP 0 DEG F 1 8 32 DEG C 1 0 11 LAI DRIVE MWH 0 MWH 0 1 0 12 LAI RUN TIME 0 HRS 10 0 13 LAI DC BUS VOLT 0 VOLTS 1 0 20 LAO JOVRD TIME 1 HRS 1 0 21 LDI FWD REV MON FWD 1 0 REV FWD 22 LDO CMD FWD REV FWD 1 0 REV FWD 23 LDI RUN STOP MON STOP 1 0 RUN STOP 24 LDO CMDRUN STOP STOP 1 0 RUN STOP 25 LDI READY READY 1 0 READY _ NOTRDY 26 LDO RUN ENABLE STOP 1 0 ENABLE STOP 29 LDO DAY NGT DAY 1 0 NIGHT DAY 30 LAO CURRENTLIMT 1 AMPS 0 1 0 31 LAO JACCEL TIME 20 SEC 0 02 0
111. W 2 impervious corrugated continuously welded aluminum armor Anixter 7V 7xxxx 3G le Black sunlight resistant PVC jacket overall or equivalent e Three copper grounds on 10 AWG and smaller PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UM0011 EN P 1 16 Installation Wiring Reflected Wave Protection The drive should be installed as close to the motor as possible Installations with long motor cables may require the addition of external devices to limit voltage reflections at the motor reflected wave phenomena See Table 1 C for recommendations The reflected wave data applies to all frequencies 2 to 10 kHz For 240V ratings reflected wave effects do not need to be considered Table 1 C Maximum Cable Length Recommendations Reflected Wave 380 480V Ratings Motor Insulation Rating Motor Cable Only 1000 Vp p 7 6 meters 25 feet 1200 Vp p 22 9 meters 75 feet 1600 Vp p 152 4 meters 500 feet 1 Longer cable lengths can be achieved by installing devices on the output of the drive Consult factory for recommendations Output Disconnect The drive is intended to be commanded by control input signals that will start and stop the motor A device that routinely disconnects then reapplies output power to the motor for the purpose of starting and stopping the motor should not be used If it is necessary to disconnect power to the motor with the drive outputting power an a
112. add to the PID reference once the next auxiliary motor is turned on to compensate for a drop in the pipe due to the increased flow in a typical pump system Values Default 0 0 Min Max 0 0 100 0 Display 0 1 R250 Aux Start Delay Sets the delay time before turning on the next auxiliary motor once the output frequency has risen above the value set in Aux X Start Freq Values Default 5 0 Secs Min Max 0 0 999 9 Secs Display 0 1 Secs R251 Aux Stop Delay Sets the delay time before turning off the next running auxiliary motor once the output frequency has dropped below the value set in Aux X Stop Freq Values Default 3 0 Secs Min Max 0 0 999 9 Secs Display 0 1 Secs R252 Aux Prog Delay Sets the time delay between connecting the drive controlled motor contactor and running the drive controlled motor and starting the auxiliary motor control Values Default 0 50 Secs Min Max 0 00 60 00 Secs Display 0 01 Secs PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UM001I EN P Programming and Parameters 3 59 Aux Relay Card Group continued R253 Aux AutoSwap Tme Sets the total running time between automatic motor changes Important Proper wiring and parameter configuration of Aux Motor Control functions are especially important when using AutoSwap Improper wiring or configuration could result in line power being applied to the drive out
113. al filter with any drive rating may result in relatively high ground leakage currents Therefore the filter must only be used in installations with grounded AC supply systems and be permanently installed and solidly grounded bonded to the building power distribution ground Ensure that the incoming supply neutral is solidly connected bonded to the same building power distribution ground Grounding must not rely on flexible cables and should not include any form of plug or socket that would permit inadvertent disconnection Some local codes may require redundant ground connections The integrity of all connections should be periodically checked Fuses and Circuit Breakers The PowerFlex 400 does not provide branch short circuit protection This product should be installed with either input fuses or an input circuit breaker National and local industrial safety regulations and or electrical codes may determine additional requirements for these installations Fusing The ratings in the table that follows are the recommended values for use with each drive rating The devices listed in this table are provided to serve as a guide Bulletin 140M Self Protected Combination Controller UL489 Circuit Breakers When using Bulletin 140M or UL489 rated circuit breakers the guidelines listed below must be followed in order to meet the NEC requirements for branch circuit protection e Bulletin 140M can be used in single and group motor application
114. alue of T055 Relay Out1 Sel is 6 7 8 9 10 or 12 T055 Setting T056 Min Max 6 0 320 Hz 7 0 180 8 0 815 Volts 0 100 1 180 degs 0 1 Values Default 0 0 Min Max 0 0 9999 Display 0 1 T058 Relay 1 On Time Related Parameter s T055 T056 T059 Sets delay time before Relay energizes after required condition testing Values Default 0 0 Secs Min Max 0 0 600 0 Secs Display 0 1 Secs T059 Relay 1 Off Time Related Parameter s T055 T056 T058 Sets delay time before Relay de energizes after required condition testing ceases Important Do not use this parameter with Auxiliary Motor Control mode AutoSwap enabled Values Default 0 0 Secs Min Max 0 0 600 0 Secs Display 0 1 Secs PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOOtI EN P 3 16 Programming and Parameters Terminal Block Group continued T060 Relay Out2 Sel Related Parameter s P033 T061 T063 T064 T076 A163 d318 Sets the condition that changes the state of the output relay contacts Options 0 Ready Fault Relay changes state when power is applied This indicates that the drive is ready for operation Relay returns drive to shelf state when power is removed or a fault occurs 1 At Frequency Drive reaches commanded frequency 2 MotorRunning Default Motor is receiving power from the drive 3 Hand Active Active
115. ame D H drives have Analog Common 1 referenced to ground Common for Analog Input 2 Al2 Electronically isolated from digital I O and opto output Not to be used with Analog Input 1 AI Analog Output 1 AO1 or Analog Output 2 AO2 With Analog Input 2 provides one fully isolated analog input channel PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOOtI EN P 1 22 No 01 Installation Wiring Table 1 H Control I O Terminal Designations Signal Stop 77 Function Loss Default Coast Description Factory installed jumper or a normally closed input must be present for the drive to start Program with P036 Start Source 02 Start Run FWD HAND Mode Command comes from Integral Keypad AUTO Mode I O Terminal 02 is active Program with P036 Start Source 03 Direction Run REV Rev Disabled To enable reverse operation program with A166 Reverse Disable Program with P036 Start Source 04 Digital Common For digital inputs Tied to I O Terminal 09 Electronically isolated with digital inputs from analog I O and opto output 05 Digital Input 1 Purge Program with T051 Digital Int Sel 06 Digital Input 2 Local Program with T052 Digital In2 Sel 07 Digital Input 3 Clear Fault Program with T053 Digital In3 Sel 08 Digital Input 4 Comm Port Program with T054 Digital Ind Sel 09
116. and 1 2 below the actual skip frequency A setting of 0 0 disables this parameter Values Default 0 0 Hz Min Max 0 0 30 0 Hz Display 0 1 Hz Frequency Command frequency Drive Output frequency Skip Frequency b Skip Frequency Band A190 Skip Frequency 2 Related Parameter s A191 Sets the frequency at which the drive will not operate A setting of 0 disables this parameter Values Default 0 Hz Min Max 0 320 Hz Display 1 Hz PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UM001I EN P Programming and Parameters 3 49 Advanced Program Group continued A191 Skip Freq Band 2 Related Parameter s A190 Determines the bandwidth around A190 Skip Frequency 2 A191 Skip Freq Band 2 is split applying 1 2 above and 1 2 below the actual skip frequency A setting of 0 0 disables this parameter Values Default 0 0 Hz Min Max 0 0 30 0 Hz Display 0 1 Hz Frequency Command frequency Drive Output Frequency Skip Frequency gt Skip Frequency Band EE EEO ER A192 Skip Frequency 3 Related Parameter s A19 Sets the frequency at which the drive will not operate A setting of 0 disables this parameter Values Default 0 Hz Min Max 0 320 Hz Display 1 Hz PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOOtI EN P 3 50 Programming and Parameters Adva
117. and parameter configuration are correct before wiring contactor outputs All relays on the Auxiliary Relay Card will energize on power up by default Failure to verify proper wiring and parameter configuration can result in improper motor operation or drive damage PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOOtI EN P D 14 Application Notes Example 2 One External Motor with AutoSwap Three Phase Power PowerFlex 400 Reference 4 Feedback FD Drive Relays a Auxiliary Relay Card 1 Mechanically interlocked contactors are recommended to ensure that the drive contactor and the line contactor do not close at the same time If the drive and line contactor close at the same time drive damage may result e Auxiliarv Motor Control is enabled via Parameter R239 Aux Motor Mode e Number of auxiliary motors is set via Parameter R240 Aux Motor Qty e Relays are configured for Auxiliary Motor Control via parameters T055 T060 R222 R225 R228 R231 R234 and R237 e The frequency of Motor 1 that Motor 2 turns on at is set via Parameter R241 Aux 1 Start Freq e The time that Motor 1 is above the value set by R241 Aux 1 Start Freq before turning on Motor 2 is set via Parameter R250 Aux Start Delay e The frequency of Motor 1 that Motor
118. apsed Time hr Related Parameter s A195 d310 d312 d314 Displays the total elapsed powered up time in hours since timer reset The timer stops when it reaches maximum Values Default Read Only Min Max 0 32767 Hr Display 1Hr d317 Elapsed Time min Related Parameter s A195 d311 d313 d315 Displays the total elapsed powered up time in minutes since timer reset The timer will increment the hour parameter when appropriate Values Default Read Only Min Max 0 0 60 0 Min Display 0 1 Min PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOOtI EN P 3 64 Programming and Parameters Advanced Display Group continued d318 Output Powr Fetr Related Parameter s 1055 T056 T060 T061 T065 T066 The angle in electrical degrees between motor voltage and motor current Values Default Read Only Min Max 0 0 180 0 deg Display 0 1 deg d319 Testpoint Data Related Parameter s A196 The present value of the function selected in A196 Testpoint Sel Values Default Read Only Min Max O FFFF Display 1 Hex d320 Control SW Ver Main Control Board software version Values Default Read Only Min Max 1 00 99 99 Display 0 01 d321 Drive Type Used by Rockwell Automation field service personnel d322 Output Speed Related Parameter s P034 Displays current output frequency in percent The scale is 0 at 0 00 Hz to 100 0 at P0
119. ard unless an input is programmed for Cmd Reverse Analog Input 1 Override Enabled amp Actives Digital Inx Sel 14 Yes Speed commands come from Analog Input 1 I O Terminal 13 Start and Direction follows P036 Start Source Analog Input 2 Override Enabled amp Active Digital Inx Sel 15 Speed commands come from Analog Input 2 I O Terminal 17 Start and Direction follows P036 Start Source P038 Speed Reference 40r5 Run as specified by P038 Speed Reference Start and Direction commands come from P036 Start Source Preset Inputs Active T051 T052 T053 8 Yes Run as specified by A144 A146 Preset Freq 1 3 Start follows P036 Start Source Direction follows Preset Frequency settings PID Enabled A152 PID Ref Sel 10 Yes Run as specified by A152 PID Ref Sel Start and Direction commands come from P036 Start Source Run as specified by P038 Speed Reference Start and Direction commands come from P036 Start Source 1 Refer to page 2 6 for additional information on the operation of the Hand Auto Mode PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMO01l EN P Installation Wiring 1 29 Accel Decel Selection The Accel Decel rate can be obtained by a variety of methods The default rate is determined by P039 Accel Time 1
120. are saved or stored in RAM only If they are stored in RAM the values will be lost at power down Supported Modbus Function Codes The peripheral interface DSI used on PowerFlex 400 drives supports some of the Modbus function codes Modbus Function Code Command 03 Read Holding Registers 06 Preset Write Single Register 16 10 Hexadecimal Preset Write Multiple Registers Important Modbus devices can be 0 based registers are numbered starting at 0 or 1 based registers are numbered starting at 1 Depending on the Modbus Master used the register addresses listed on the following pages may need to be offset by 1 For example Logic Command may be register address 8192 for some master devices e g ProSoft 3150 MCM SLC Modbus scanner and 8193 for others e g Panel Views PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMO01l EN P Modbus RTU Protocol E 3 Writing 06 Logic Command Data The PowerFlex 400 drive can be controlled via the network by sending Function Code 06 writes to register address 8192 Logic Command P036 Start Source must be set to 5 Comm Port in order to accept the commands In addition to being written register address 8192 can be read using Function Code 03 Logic Command Address Decimal Bit s Description 0 1 Stop 0 Not Stop 1 1 Start 0 Not Start 2 1 Jog 0 No Jog 3 1 Clear Faults 0 Not Clear Fa
121. art Stop Direction and Speed Control Factory default parameter values allow the drive to be controlled from the integral keypad No programming is required to start stop and control speed directly from the integral keypad If a fault appears on power up refer to Fault Descriptions on page 4 3 for an explanation of the fault code PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMO01l EN P Integral Keypad PROGRAM FAULT Start Up 2 3 TORE QLD O AUTO OFF Allen Bradley Run Start 8 Hand 1 Used to start the drive Default is Hand mode as controlled bv Operator Kevs Kev Name Description Escape Back one step in programming menu Cancel a change to a parameter value and exit Program Mode Select Advance one step in programming menu Select a digit when viewing parameter value Up Arrow Scroll through groups and parameters Y Down Arrow Increase decrease the value of a flashing digit Enter Advance one step in programming menu S Save a change to a parameter value Digital Speed Used to control speed of drive Default is active Increment and Control is activated by parameter P038 Speed Reference or Decrement Arrows P042 Auto Mode parameter P042 Auto Mode Control is activated by parameter P036 Start Source or HAND P042 Auto Mode Auto 1 Used to select Auto control mode Controlled by parameter P042 Auto Mode AUTO St
122. atalog Number kW HP DC Amps jmh Watts Loss IP00 Open Style 2 2 3 9 3 68 7 1321 DC9 2 4 0 5 12 2 1 7 1321 DC12 2 55 7 5 18 3 75 17 1321 DC18 4 7 5 10 25 1 75 13 1321 DC25 4 11 15 32 2 68 21 1321 DC32 2 1 15 20 40 2 0 29 1321 DC40 4 1 1 Required on 11 and 15 kW 15 and 20 HP Frame C Flange Mount drive ratings PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UM001I EN P Table B 8 EMC Line Filters Drive Ratings Accessories and Dimensions B 5 Input Voltage 240V 50 60 Hz 3 Phase 480V 50 60 Hz 3 Phase kW HP Catalog Number 2 2 3 0 22 RF034 CS 40 5 0 22 RF034 CS 5 5 7 5 22 RF034 CS 7 5 10 22 RF034 CS 11 15 22 RFD070 15 20 22 RFD100 18 5 25 22 RFD100 22 30 22 RFD150 30 40 22 RFD150 37 50 22 RFD180 2 2 3 0 22 RF018 CS 40 5 0 22 RF018 CS 5 5 7 5 22 RF018 CS 7 5 10 22 RF018 CS 11 15 22 RF026 CS 15 20 22 RFD036 18 5 25 22 RFD050 22 30 22 RFD050 30 40 22 RFD070 37 50 22 RFD100 45 60 22 RFD100 55 75 22 RFD150 75 100 22 RFD180 90 125 22 RFD208 110 150 22 RFD208 132 200 22 RFD323 160 250 22 RFD480 200 300 22 RFD480 250 350 22 RFD480 PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UM001I EN P B 6 Accessories and Dimensions Table B 9 Communication Option Kits and Accessories Item Descriptio
123. ault is a condition that stops the drive There are two fault types Type Fault Description Auto Reset Run When this type of fault occurs and A163 Auto Rstrt Tries is set to a value greater than 0 a user configurable timer A164 Auto Rstrt Delay begins When the timer reaches zero the drive attempts to automatically reset the fault If the condition that caused the fault is no longer present the fault will be reset and the drive will be restarted Non Resetable This type of fault may require drive or motor repair or is caused by wiring or programing errors The cause of the fault must be corrected before the fault can be cleared PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOOtI EN P 4 2 Troubleshooting Fault Indication e Flashing fault number PROGRAM FAULT Drive is indicating a fault The integral keypad provides e Flashing fault indicator FS Press the Escape kev to regain sc C SL C v c control of the integral kevpad visual notification of a fault Manuallv Clearing Faults condition bv displaving the following Step Key s 1 Press Esc to acknowledge the fault The fault information will be removed so that you can use the integral keypad Esc Access b007 Fault 1 Code to view the most recent fault information 2 Address the condition that caused the fault The cause must be corrected before the fa
124. ay b008 Output Power b010 Maximum Freq P035 Start Source P036 Stop Mode P037 Speed Reference P038 Opto Out Sel T065 Opto Out Level T066 Opto Out Logic T068 Analog In 1 Sel T069 Analog In 1 Lo T070 Analog In 1 Hi T071 Analog In 1 Loss T072 Analog In 2 Sel T073 Analog In 2 Lo T074 Analog In 2 Hi T075 Analog In 2 Loss 1076 Sleep Wake Sel 1077 Sleep Level T078 Sleep Time T079 Comm Format C102 Comm Data Rate C103 Comm Node Addr C104 Comm Loss Action C105 Comm Loss Time C106 Comm Write Mode C107 Reverse Disable A166 Flying Start En A167 PWM Frequency A168 PWM Mode A169 Boost Select A170 Start Boost A171 Break Voltage A172 Break Frequency A173 Maximum Voltage A174 Slip Hertz FLA A175 DC Brake Time A176 DC Brake Level A177 DC Brk Time Strt A178 Current Limit 1 A179 Current Limit 2 A180 Motor OL Select A181 Drive OL Mode A182 SW Current Trip A183 Load Loss Level A184 Load Loss Time A185 Stall Fault Time 186 Bus Reg Mode A187 PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMO01l EN P Elapsed MWh b011 Elapsed Run Time b012 Torque Current b013 Drive Temp b014 Elapsed kWh b015 Accel Time 1 P039 Decel Time 1 P040 Reset To Defalts P041 Auto Mode P042 Motor OL Ret P043 Wake Level T080 Wake Time T081 Analog Out1 Sel T082 Analog Out1 High T083 Analog Outi Setpt T084 Analog Out2 Sel T085 Analog Out2 High T086 Analog Out2 Setpt T087 Anlg Loss Delay T088 Anal
125. bipolar analog input It will ignore any negative voltages and treat them like a zero 4 Comm Port Selects Exclusive Control The reference word from a communication network see Appendix E for details on the reference word such as Modbus RTU or DeviceNet becomes the PID Reference The value sent over the network is scaled so that P035 Maximum Freq x 10 100 reference For example with Maximum Freq 60 Hz a value of 600 sent over the network would represent 100 reference 5 Setpnt Trim Selects Trim Control A157 PID Setpoint will be used to set the value of the PID Reference 6 0 10V Trim Selects Trim Control Selects the 0 10V Input Note that the PID will not function with a bipolar analog input It will ignore any negative voltages and treat them like a zero 7 4 20mA Trim Selects Trim Control Selects the 4 20mA Input 8 Comm Trim Selects Trim Control The reference word from a communication network see Appendix E for details on the reference word such as Modbus RTU or DeviceNet becomes the PID Reference The value sent over the network is scaled so that P035 Maximum Freq x 10 100 reference For example with Maximum Freq 60 Hz a value of 600 sent over the network would represent 100 reference A153 PID Feedback Sel is used to select the source of the PID feedback Table D B A153 PID Feedback Sel Options Option 0 Analog In 1 Description
126. ble Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMO01l EN P Programming and Parameters 3 69 Advanced Display Group continued d343 Fault 7 Time hr Related Parameter s A195 d316 With FRN 6 xx and later Displays the value of the d316 Elapsed Time hr parameter when the fault occurred Values Default Read Only Min Max 0 32767 Hr Display 1Hr d344 Fault 7 Time min Related Parameter s A195 d317 With FRN 6 xx and later Displays the value of the d317 Elapsed Time min parameter when the fault occurred Values Default Read Only Min Max 0 0 60 0 Min Display 0 1 Min d345 Fault 8 Time hr Related Parameter s A195 d316 With FRN 6 xx and later Displays the value of the d316 Elapsed Time hr parameter when the fault occurred Values Default Read Only Min Max 0 32767 Hr Display 1Hr d346 Fault 8 Time min Related Parameter s A195 d317 With FRN 6 xx and later Displays the value of the d317 Elapsed Time min parameter when the fault occurred Values Default Read Only Min Max 0 0 60 0 Min Display 0 1 Min d347 Fault 9 Time hr Related Parameter s A195 d316 With FRN 6 xx and later Displays the value of the d316 Elapsed Time hr parameter when the fault occurred Values Default Read Only Min Max 0 32767 Hr Display 1Hr PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOOtI EN P 3
127. bus RTU Protocol Notes PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UM001I EN P Appendix F Metasys N2 Appendix F provides information about controlling a PowerFlex 400 drive setting its Reference and accessing its parameters through configurable objects when the Metasys N2 network protocol is selected Topic Page Understanding Metasys N2 E 1 Network Points F 3 Using Percent for the Reference F 5 Using Metasvs Configurable Objects to Access Parameters F 6 Understanding Metasvs N2 Metasvs nodes are built up bv the use of several virtual objects The Metasvs N2 master performs read and write commands to these virtual objects and the internal Metasvs protocol firmware transfers translates the data between these virtual objects and the drive When a read or write command occurs to a certain dedicated virtual object data in the virtual objects is refreshed from or transferred to the drive The Metasvs N2 master performs read and write commands to the virtual objects one at a time The data tvpes that are used in the virtual objects are binarv input BI binarv output BO analog input AI analog output AO and internal integer ADI The Metasvs N2 master also performs cvclic polling of all the virtual objects Metasvs N2 Virtual Objects A Metasvs N2 node may contain up to 256 virtual objects in each of its seven different data types called regions
128. cable is Belden 295xx xx determines gauge This cable has four 4 XLPE insulated conductors with a 100 coverage foil and an 85 coverage copper braided shield with drain wire surrounded by a PVC jacket Other types of shielded cable are available but the selection of these types may limit the allowable cable length Particularly some of the newer cables twist 4 conductors of THHN wire and wrap them tightly with a foil shield This construction can greatly increase the cable charging current required and reduce the overall drive performance Unless specified in the individual distance tables as tested with the drive these cables are not recommended and their performance against the lead length limits supplied is not known Recommended Shielded Wire Location Rating Type Description Standard 600V 90 C 194 F e Four tinned copper conductors with XLPE insulation Option 1 IXHHW2 RHW 2 e Copper braid aluminum foil combination shield and tinned us Ste copper drain wire Belden 29501 29507 7 PVO jacket or equivalent Standard Tray rated 600V 90 C e Three tinned copper conductors with XLPE insulation Option 2 194 F RHH RHW 2 e 5 mil single helical copper tape 25 overlap min with three Anixter OLF 7XXXXX or bare copper grounds in contact with shield equivalent e PVC jacket Class amp Il Tray rated 600V 90 C e Three bare copper conductors with XLPE insulation and Division amp II 194 F RHH RH
129. command from the communications port Refer to Appendix E and Appendix G for details Parameter C102 Comm Format is used to select a communications protocol PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMO01l EN P Programming and Parameters 3 35 Advanced Program Group A141 Purge Frequency Related Parameter s P038 P039 P040 T051 T054 Provides a fixed frequency command value when T051 T054 Digital Inx Sel is set to 1 Purge An active purge input will override speed command as shown in the flowchart on page 1 28 Values Default 5 0 Hz Min Max 0 0 320 0 Hz Display 0 1 Hz A142 Internal Freq Related Parameter s P038 T051 T054 Provides the frequency command to the drive when P038 Speed Reference is set to 1 Internal Freq When enabled this parameter will change the frequency command in real time using the digital speed keys when in program mode Important Once the desired command frequency is reached the Enter key must be pressed to store this value to EEPROM memory If the ESC key is used before the Enter key the frequency will return to the original value following the normal accel decel curve If T051 T054 Digital Inx Sel is set to 16 MOP Up or 17 MOP Down this parameter acts as the MOP frequency reference if P038 Speed Reference is set to 1 InternalFred Values Default 60 00 Hz Min Max 0 00 320 00
130. configurable outputs to write parameter data to NVS unless C107 Comm Write Mode is set to option 1 PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMO01l EN P Programming and Parameters 3 33 Communications Group continued C108 Start Source 2 Stop drive before changing this parameter Sets the control scheme used to start the drive when in Comm Control and the communication network commands the drive to run from Local Control This function is normally used by Point 79 of a P1 FLN Refer to Start and Speed Reference Control on page 1 28 for details about how other drive Related Parameter s PO37 PO42 A166 d301 settings can override the setting of this parameter Important For all settings except options 3 and 6 the drive must receive a leading edge from the Start input for the drive to start after a stop input loss of power or fault condition Options 0 Keypad ntegral keypad controls drive operation e 1 O Terminal 01 Stop Coast to Stop e 1 O Terminal 02 Not Used e 1 O Terminal 03 Not Used 1 3 Wire O Terminal Block controls drive operation e 1 O Terminal 01 Stop Per P037 Stop Mode e 1 O Terminal 02 Start e 1 O Terminal 03 Direction 2 2 Wire O Terminal Block controls drive operation e 1 O Terminal 01 Stop Coast to Stop e 1 O Terminal 02 Run FWD e 1 O Terminal 03 Run REV 3 2 W Lvl Sens Defau
131. configuration PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMO01l EN P Appendix D Application Notes Damper Control Setup The PowerFlex 400 allows damper control logic to be imbedded within the drive reducing cost associated with external control hardware and software A system Run command can be wired directly into one of the drive inputs Relay outputs can be used to energize the damper to either open or close damper limit switch can be wired back to the drive providing indication that the damper is in the proper position and that it is safe for the drive to run at commanded speed Damper Position Command System Run Command Damper Limit Switch Outside Air OS Damper AO ee Supply Fan Example e The System Run Command can come from a terminal block integral keypad or communication port Configure parameter P036 Start Source per application requirements e Set one of the available digital inputs parameter T051 T054 Digital Inx Sel to option 36 Damper Input The damper end switch or limit switch should be wired into this input e Set one of the available relay outputs parameter T055 T060 Relay Outx Sel to option 2 Motor Running This output should be used to energize the damper to either open or close PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOOtI EN P D 2
132. cted to Master port M on RJ45 Splitter Cable Parameter 9 Device Type set to Auto default or Master and connected to Master port M on RJ45 Splitter Cable Connecting One Temporary Peripheral and One Permanent Peripheral NEMA 1 Bezel NEMA 4 with DSI Hand Held Panel Mount U 3 DSI Drive Parameter 9 Device Type set to Master and connected to Master port M on RJ45 Splitter Cable Parameter 1 Adapter Cfg set to Auto default or Slave and connected to Slave port S on RJ45 Splitter Cable Serial Converter PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOOtI EN P C 4 RJ45 DSI Splitter Cable Connecting Two Permanent Peripherals NEMA 1 Bezel with DSI Hand Held NEMA 4 Panel Mount Unit DSI Drive Parameter 9 Device Type set to Master and connected to Master port M on RJ45 Splitter Cable Parameter 9 Device Type set to Slave and connected to Slave port S on RJ45 Splitter Cable Connecting an RS 485 Network DSI Drives AK U0 RJ45 TB2P I Two position Terminal Block AK U0 RJ45 TR1 Terminating Resistor end of network i or j a or Customer supplied RJ45 male to RJ45 male cables with wires connected at pins 4 and 5 oniv 000000 Both the Master M and Slave S ports on the RJ45 Splitter Cable operate as standard RS 485 ports in this
133. d as xxx xx where the decimal point is fixed For example a decimal 1000 equals 10 00 Hz and 543 equals 5 43 Hz 8193 Reading 03 Logic Status Data The PowerFlex 400 Logic Status data can be read via the network by sending Function Code 03 reads to register address 8448 Logic Status Error Codes Address Decimal Bit s Description 0 1 Ready 0 Not Ready 1 1 Active Running 0 Not Active 2 1 Cmd Forward 0 Cmd Reverse 3 1 Rotating Forward 0 Rotating Reverse 4 1 Accelerating 0 Not Accelerating 5 1 Decelerating 0 Not Decelerating 6 1 Alarm 0 No Alarm 7 1 Faulted 0 Not Faulted 8448 8 1 At Reference 0 Not At Reference 9 1 Reference Controlled by Comm 10 1 Operation Cmd Controlled by Comm 11 1 Parameters have been locked 12 Digital Input 1 Status 13 Digital Input 2 Status 14 Digital Input 3 Status 15 Digital Input 4 Status Reading 03 Feedback The Feedback Output Frequency from the PowerFlex 400 drive can be read via the network by sending Function Code 03 reads to register address 8451 Feedback Feedback Address Decimal Description A xxx xx decimal value where the decimal point is fixed For example a decimal 1234 equals 12 34 Hz and 300 equals 3 00 Hz 1 Returns the same data as Reading 03 Parameter b001 Output Freq 8451 PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Dr
134. d304 PID Setpnt Displ A203 Wake Deviation then wake is enabled 10 Al2 gt WakDev Wake enabled from Analog Input 2 above PID Setpoint Display plus wake deviation f d306 Analog In 2 gt d304 PID Setpnt Displ A203 Wake Deviation then wake is enabled 11 Al2 lt WakDev Wake enabled from Analog Input 2 below PID Setpoint Display minus wake deviation f d306 Analog In 2 lt d304 PID Setpnt Displ A203 Wake Deviation then wake is enabled 12 CFrq gt WakDev Wake enabled based on drive command frequency above PID Setpoint Display plus wake deviation f b002 Commanded Freq gt d304 PID Setpnt Displ A203 Wake Deviation then wake is enabled 13 CFrq lt WakDev Wake enabled based on drive command frequency below PID Setpoint Display minus wake deviation f b002 Commanded Freq lt d304 PID Setpnt Displ A203 Wake Deviation then wake is enabled PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMO01l EN P Programming and Parameters 3 31 Communications Group C101 Language Selects the language displayed by the integral LCD display and remote communications option Options 1 English Default 2 Fran ais Espa ol Italiano Deutsch Reserved Portugu s Reserved o l
135. dates The information below summarizes the changes to the PowerFlex 400 User Manual since the November 2005 release Description of New or Updated Information See Page s Information for Frames G and H added Throughout Frame C mounting requirements clarified 1 6 Analog Output DIP switch setting corrected 1 25 Parameter T072 Analog In 1 Loss Option 6 renamed Preset Freq0 3 21 Parameters T082 and T085 Analog Outx Sel Settings 18 19 and 20 3 25 added Parameter C107 Comm Write Mode description clarified 3 32 Parameter A170 Boost Select Options added for Frames G and H 3 43 Parameters R221 R236 Relay Outx Sel Default changed from option 3 55 0 to option 23 EE Current rating for Single Phase operation corrected to 35 A 4 EMC Line Filters added for Frames G and H B 5 B 19 B 20 New Parameter The following parameter has been added with the release of Firmware Release Number FRN 5 xx Parameter Analog In Filter Number Page T089 3 28 PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOOtI EN P soc 4 Notes PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UM001I EN P Preface Chapter 1 Chapter 2 Chapter 3 Chapter 4 Appendix A Appendix B Overview Installation Wiring Start Up Table of Contents Programming and Parameters Troubleshooting Who Shou
136. does not exceed the current set by parameter A179 Current Limit 1 1 An excessive motor load exists Reduce load so drive output current does not exceed the current set by parameter P033 Motor OL Current Verify A170 Boost Select setting Check for blocked or dirty heat sink fins Verify that ambient temperature has not exceeded 45 C 113 F for IP 30 NEMA 1 UL Type 1 installations or 50 C 122 F for IP20 Open type installations 2 Check fan Check programming Check for excess load improper A170 Boost Select setting DC brake volts set too high or other causes of excess current Check the motor and external wiring to the drive output terminals for a grounded condition 1 See page 4 1 for a descri ption of fault types PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UM001I EN P 4 4 No Fault Description F15 Load Loss D Output current has dropped below the level set in A184 Load Loss Level F17 Input Phase Excessive DC bus ripple Loss FRN 6 xx voltage detected See 4329 and later DC Bus Ripple V F29 Analog Input An analog input is configured Loss to fault on signal loss A signal loss has occurred Configure with T072 Analog In Loss F32 jFan Fdbck Loss A loss of cooling fan feedback FRN 6 xx and has been detected Frames E later and F only F33 Auto Rstrt Tries 2 Drive unsuccessfully a
137. e Settings less than P032 Motor NP Hertz function as limits only and do not change the V Hz curve P034 Minimum Freq can be set anywhere Functions as a limit only and does not change the V Hz curve P032 Motor NP Hertz 1 Kepco Curve is used in specific systems to meet requirements of the Korean Electric Power Company PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOOtI EN P 3 44 Programming and Parameters Advanced Program Group continued A171 Start Boost Related Parameter s P031 P032 P034 P035 A170 A172 A173 A174 Sets the boost voltage of PO31 Motor NP Volts and redefines the Volts per Hz curve when A170 Boost Select 0 Custom V Hz Values Default 2 5 Min Max 0 0 25 0 Display 1 1 A174 Maximum Voltage P031 Motor NP Volts Voltage A172 Break Voltage M71 Start Boos i l L l l p l f A173 Break Frequency P032 Motor NP Hertz A034 Minimum Freq Frequency P035 Maximum Freq A172 Break Voltage Related Parameter s P031 P032 P034 P035 A170 A171 A173 A174 Sets the break voltage applied at the break frequency when A170 Boost Select 0 Custom V Hz Values Default 25 0 Min Max 0 0 100 0 Display 0 1 A173 Break Frequency Related Parameter s P031 P032 P034 P035 A170 A171 A172 A174 Sets the frequency where break
138. e will coast to stop if opened while running 2 Wire Control Sourcing SRC External Supply Non Reversing e Input must be active for the drive to run e When input is opened the drive will stop as specified by P037 Stop Mode e User supplied 24V DC power source must be used e Each digital input draws 6 mA e Drive will not run if I O Terminal 01 is open Drive will coast to stop if opened while running 2 Wire Control Sinking SNK Internal Supply Non Reversing e Input must be active for the drive to run e When input is opened the drive will stop as specified by P037 Stop Mode e Drive will not run if I O Terminal 01 is open Drive will coast to stop if opened while running Connection Example 4 Common eo Stop Run 0 01 02 OGOGGOGGGVGO o Stop Ri op Run l 24V Common e 01 8 02 Stop Run 04 lo o IS j Installation Wiring 1 25 Required Settings DIP Switch AO2 20MA Parameters T082 Analog Outi Sel 14 through 20 Scaling T083 Analog Outt High T084 Analog Out1 Setpt DIP Switch SNK SRC SRC Parameters P036 Start Source 2 3 4 P037 Stop Mode 0 through 7 DIP Switch SNK SRC SRC Parameters P036 Start Source 2 3 4 P037 Sto
139. ear Faults e Cycle digital input if T051 T054 Digital Inx Sel is set to option 7 Clear Fault Incorrect programming e P036 Start Source is set to option 0 Keypad or option 5 RS485 DSI Port e 7051 T054 Digital Inx Sel is set to option 5 Local and the input is active None Check parameter settings Incorrect input wiring See 1 24 for wiring examples e 2wire control requires Run Forward Run Reverse or Jog input e 3 wire control requires Start and Stop inputs e Stop input is always required None Wire inputs correctly and or install jumper Incorrect Sink Source DIP switch setting None Set switch to match wiring scheme Drive does not Start from Integral Keypad Cause s Indication Corrective Action Integral keypad is not enabled Green LED above Start key is not illuminated e Set parameter P036 Start Source to option 0 Keypad e Set parameter 1051 T054 Digital Inx Sel to option 5 Local and activate the input I O Terminal 01 Stop input is not present None Wire inputs correctly and or install jumper PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOO1l EN P Troubleshooting 4 7 Drive does not respond to changes in speed command Cause s Indication Corrective Action No value is coming from the source of the com
140. eeded the value set in TO5 Relay Out1 Level e Use T056 to set threshold 1 Anlg In Loss Analog input loss has occurred Program T072 Analog In 1 Loss and or 1076 Analog In 2 Loss for desired action when input loss occurs 12 ParamControl Enables the output to be controlled over network communications by writing to T056 Relay Out1 Level 0 Off 1 On 13 Retries Exst Value set in A163 Auto Rstrt Tries is exceeded 14 NonRec Fault e Number of retries for A163 Auto Rstrt Tries is exceeded e Non resettable fault occurs OR e A163 Auto Rstrt Tries is not enabled 15 Reverse Drive is commanded to run in reverse direction 16 Logic In 1 An input is programmed as Logic In 1 and is active 17 Logic In 2 An input is programmed as Logic In 2 and is active PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOO1l EN P Programming and Parameters 3 15 TO55 23 Aux Motor Auxiliary Motor is commanded to run Refer to Appendix C for Options details Cont 24 Fault with FRN 7 xx Relay remains in the off state when power is applied to the and later drive and energizes when a fault occurs This is inverted from Option 0 Readv Fault T056 Relay Out1 Level Related Parameter s 1055 T058 T059 d318 X9 32 bit parameter Sets the trip point for the digital output relay if the v
141. egulator reacts to the magnitude of the error The proportional component of the PID regulator outputs a speed command proportional to the PID error For example a proportional gain of 1 would output 100 of max frequency when the PID error is 100 of the analog input range A larger value for PID Prop Gain makes the proportional component more responsive and a smaller value makes it less responsive Setting PID Prop Gain to 0 00 disables the proportional component of the PID loop A155 PID Integ Time The integral gain units of seconds affects how the regulator reacts to error over time and is used to get rid of steady state error For example with an integral gain of 2 seconds the output of the integral gain component would integrate up to 100 of max frequency when the PID error is 100 for 2 seconds A larger value for PID Integ Time makes the integral component less responsive and a smaller value makes it more responsive Setting PID Integ Time to 0 disables the integral component of the PID loop A156 PID Diff Rate The Differential gain units of 1 seconds affects the rate of change of the PID output The differential gain is multiplied by the difference between the previous error and current error Thus with a large error the D has a large effect and with a small error the D has less of an effect This parameter is scaled so that when it is set to 1 00 the process response is 0 1 of Maximum Freq when the process er
142. el to the relay as shown to prevent damage to the output e Opto Output is rated 30V DC 50 mA non inductive 09 24V Common Typical Multiple Drive Connection Examples Input Output Connection Example Multiple Digital o2 04 o2 04 02 04 Input Connections ooog OO G000 tomer Inputs can A elbelbecocel obolbeccce elbelbocecel External Supply SRC example on page 1 25 Customer Inputs TTT optional Ground Connection When connecting a single input such as Run Stop Reverse or Preset Speeds to multiple drives it is important to connect I O Terminal 04 common together for all drives If they are to be tied into another common such as earth ground or separate apparatus ground only one point of the daisy chain of I O Terminal 04 should be connected ATTENTION Digital inputs on multiple drives should not be tied together when using SNK Internal Supply mode In SNK mode if power is removed from one drive inadvertent operation of other drives that share the same 1 0 Common connection may occur Multiple Analog Connections 00000000 00000000 0000000 12 13 14 13 14 13 14 Remote Potentiometer 7 7 7 Optional Ground Connection When connecting a single potentiometer to multiple drives it is important to connect I O Terminal 14 common together for all drives I O Terminal 14 common and I O Terminal 13 potentiometer wiper should be daisy chained t
143. ence equals the Desired System Pressure set point e The Pressure Transducer signal provides PID Feedback to the drive Fluctuations in actual system pressure due to changes in flow result in a PID Error value e The drive output frequency increases or decreases to vary motor shaft speed to correct for the PID Error value e The Desired System Pressure set point is maintained as valves in the system are opened and closed causing changes in flow e When the PID Control Loop is disabled the Commanded Speed is the Ramped Speed Reference PID Feedback Pressure Transducer Signal PID Reference Desired System Pressure o PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOOtI EN P D 4 Application Notes Trim Control In Trim Control the PID Output is added to the Speed Reference In Trim mode the output of the PID loop bypasses the accel decel ramp as shown Trim Control is used when A152 PID Ref Sel is set to option 5 6 7 or 8 PID Ref PID Fdbk Speed Ref l PID Loop Accel Decel gt PID Prop Gain l Pamp PID PID Error Output Output PID Integ Time my 2 Freq f gt PID Diff Rate PID Enabled Example e Ina winder application the PID Reference equals the Equilibrium set point e The Dancer Pot signal
144. er 4 for fault code descriptions Values Default Read Only Min Max 0 122 Display 1 b008 Process Display Related Parameter s b001 A160 V7 32 bit parameter The output frequency scaled by A160 Process Factor Output Process _ Process Freq X Factor Displav Values Default Read Only Min Max 0 00 9999 99 Display 0 01 1 b010 Output Power Output power present at T1 T2 amp T3 U V amp W Values Default Read Only Min Max 0 0 999 9 kW Display 0 1 kW PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOOtI EN P 3 6 Programming and Parameters Basic Display Group continued b011 Elapsed MWh Related Parameter s b015 A195 Accumulated output energy of the drive Values Default Read Only Min Max 0 3276 7 MWh Display 0 1 MWh b012 Elapsed Run Time Related Parameter s A195 Displays the accumulated time that the drive has output power since the last A195 Reset Meter Time is displayed in 10 hour increments Values Default Read Only Min Max 0 9999 Hrs Display 1 10Hrs b013 Torque Current Displavs the torque portion of the output current Values Default Read Only Min Max 0 0 Drive Rated Amps x 2 Display 0 1 Amps b014 Drive Temp Present operating temperature of the drive power section Values Default Read Only Min Max 0 120 degC Display 1 degC b015 Elapsed kWh Rela
145. ertain digital input settings can override drive operation Refer to Start and Speed Reference Control on page 1 28 for details PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOOtI EN P Auto Manual Mode In Manual mode Start command is defined by P036 Start Source Speed Reference command is defined by the Digital Speed Increment and Decrement keys Auto key toggles frequency control to AUTO in a bumpless transfer In AUTO mode Auto key LED is illuminated Start command is defined by P036 Start Source Speed Reference command is defined by PO38 Speed Reference Auto key switches frequency control to the integral keypad in a bumpless transfer Table 2 C P042 Auto Mode 3 Auto Manual T051 T054 Digital Inx Sel 2 Auto Mode or 3 Local LED Off Key Function Not active Only active if P036 Start Source LED Off Start Up Manual Mode AUTO Mode Key Function Not active Only active if P036 Start Source If running drive will continue to run If running drive will continue to run 0 Keypad Starts drive 0 Keypad Starts drive ANS Runs according to Speed Increment Decrement keys 5 On Changes speed Off Not active ie a Keys are only active if P038 Speed Reference 0 Drive Pot e Off Changes to AUTO Mode On Changes to Manual Mode at reference defined by P038 Speed W according to
146. es F 40 to 70 degrees C 40 to 158 degrees F Atmosphere Important Drive must not be installed in an area where the ambient atmosphere contains volatile or corrosive gas vapors or dust If the drive is not going to be installed for a period of time it must be stored in an area where it will not be exposed to a corrosive atmosphere Relative Humidity 0 to 95 non condensing Shock operating 15G peak for 11 ms duration 1 0 ms Vibration operating 1G peak 5 to 2000 Hz Seismic Rating 1 Drives 75 kW 100 HP and greater have not been tested Meets the seismic requirements of the 2003 International Building Code as specified by AC156 1 PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UM001I EN P A 4 Supplemental Drive Information Category Specification Electrical Voltage Tolerance 200 240V 10 380 480V 10 Frequency Tolerance 48 63 Hz Input Phases Three phase input provides full rating Single phase operation provides 35 rated current Displacement Power Factor 0 98 across entire speed range Efficiency 97 5 at rated amps nominal line voltage Maximum Short Circuit Rating 100 000 Amps Symmetrical Frame C Drives 200 000 Amps Symmetrical Frame D H Drives Actual Short Circuit Rating Determined by AIC Rating of installed fuse circuit breaker Transistor Type Isolated Gate Bipo
147. eset speeds 9 Aux Fault If input is enable but not active the drive will immediately fault 10 Clear Fault T053 Default Clears an active fault 11 RampStop CF The drive immediately ramps to stop Can also be used to clear a fault 12 CoastStop CF The drive immediately coasts to stop Can also be used to clear a fault PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOO1l EN P Programming and Parameters 3 13 T051 13 DCInjStop CF The drive immediately begins a DC Injection stop Can T054 also be used to clear a fault Options 44 Anigt Inctr Selects Analog Input 1 control for the frequency Cont reference 15 Anlg2 InCtr D Selects Analog Input 2 control for the frequency reference 16 MOP Up Increases the value of A142 Internal Freq at the current Accel rate if P038 Speed Reference is set to 1 InternalFreq Default for A142 is 60 Hz 17 MOP Down Decreases the value of A142 Internal Freq at the current Decel rate if P038 Speed Reference is set to 1 InternalFreq Default for A142 is 60 Hz 18 Acc amp Dec 2 e When active A147 Accel Time 2 and A148 Decel Time 2 are used for all ramp rates e Can only be tied to one input Refer to the flowchart on page 1 29 for more information on Accel Decel selection 19 Current Lmt2 When active A180 Current Limi
148. eters Terminal Block Group continued T086 Analog Out2 High Related Parameter s P035 T085 T087 Scales the Maximum Output Value for the A065 Analog Out Sel source setting Examples T086 Setting T085 Max Output Value 50 1 OutCurr 0 10 5V for 200 Drive Rated Output Current 90 11 OutPowr 0 20 18mA for 200 Drive Rated Power Values Default 100 Min Max 0 800 Display 1 T087 Anlg Out2 Setpt Related Parameter s 1085 T086 Sets direct parameter control over the analog output If enabled this sets the percent value of analog output Values Default 0 0 Min Max 0 0 100 0 Display 0 1 T088 Anlg Loss Delay Related Parameter s T069 1070 1076 Sets the length of time after power up during which the drive will not detect an analog signal loss The drive response to an analog signal loss is set in T072 or T076 Analog In x Loss Values Default 0 0 Secs Min Max 0 0 20 0 Secs Display 0 1 Secs T089 Analog In Filter Sets level of additional filtering of the analog input signals A higher number increases filtering and decreases bandwidth Each setting doubles the applied filtering 1 2x filter 2 4x filter etc No additional filtering is applied when set to 0 Values Default 0 Min Max 0 14 Display 1 PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMO01l EN P Programming and Parameters 3 29 Terminal B
149. ex 400 uses a reference and feedback signal to adjust the speed of the drive controlled motor such that the feedback signal follows the reference signal When demand exceeds the first motors capacity the PowerFlex 400 Auxiliary Motor Control automatically starts an auxiliary motor The speed of the drive controlled motor is reduced to account for the auxiliary motors additional output to the system If demand continues to increase the PowerFlex Auxiliary Motor Control starts additional motors using the same process When demand decreases an auxiliary motor is stopped and the PowerFlex Auxiliary Motor Control increases the speed of the drive controlled motor to account for lost system output A Motor Interlock input identifies motors that are out of service and causes them to skipped over to the next available motor An AutoSwap function also can be used which allows equal wear to be placed on each motor by periodically swapping the drive controlled and auxiliary motors Each motor in the system will over time be connected to the PowerFlex 400 drive and also directly to the AC line During an AutoSwap the motor directly connected to the PowerFlex 400 drive is stopped and the contactor is opened The contactor of the next motor that will be controlled by the PowerFlex 400 drive is opened if running across the AC line A contactor is closed connecting this motor directly to the PowerFlex 400 drive and is started An additional motor is line started if
150. frequency is applied when A170 Boost Select 0 Custom V Hz Values Default 15 0 Hz Min Max 0 0 320 0 Hz Display 0 1 Hz PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UM0011 EN P Programming and Parameters 3 45 Advanced Program Group continued A174 Maximum Voltage Related Parameter s b004 A171 A172 A173 Sets the highest voltage the drive will output Values Default Drive Rated Volts Min Max 20 Drive Rated Volts Display 1 VAC A175 Slip Hertz FLA Related Parameter s P033 Compensates for the inherent slip in an induction motor This frequency is added to the commanded output frequency based on motor current Values Default 2 0 Hz Min Max 0 0 10 0 Hz Display 0 1 Hz A176 DC Brake Time Related Parameter s P037 A177 Sets the length of time that DC brake current is injected into the motor when P037 Stop Mode is set to either 4 Ramp or 6 DC Brake Refer to parameter A177 DC Brake Level Values Default 0 0 Secs Min Max 0 0 99 9 Secs A setting of 99 9 Continuous Display 0 1 Secs A177 DC Brake Level Related Parameter s P037 T051 T054 A176 A178 Defines the maximum DC brake current in amps applied to the motor Values Default Drive Rated Amps x 0 05 Min Max 0 0 Drive Rated Amps x 1 5 Display 0 1 Amps Ramp to Stop Mode DC Injection Braking Mode lt g a a El
151. gardless of the selected start source Purge can occur and is operational at any time whether the drive is running or stopped If a valid stop condition is present other than from the Comm Port or SW Enable input 1 O Terminal 03 the drive will not start on the Purge Input Transition ATTENTION A Purge command will take precedence over a stop command from the Comm Port Network and over a SW Enable command from the terminal block Insure that another stop method is available such as I O Terminal 01 of the control terminal block if stopping is necessary during a purge 2 Auto Mode 1 When active forces drive into Auto control mode Start source determined by P036 Start Source and speed reference determined by P038 Speed Reference 3 Local 1 T052 Default When active sets integral keypad as start source and digital speed keys on the integral keypad as speed source 4 Comm Port 1 When active sets communication device as default start T054 Default speed command source 5 PID Disable Disables PID function Drive uses the next valid non PID speed reference 6 PID Hold Drive output remains at current value The integrator for Process PID loop is also clamped at current value 7 PID Reset The integrator for the Process PID loop is reset to zero and drive output is set to Preload value 8 Preset Freq Preset speed inputs that enable the use of pr
152. ge 2 6 for details Options 0 No function LED above Auto key is always dark 1 Hnd Off Auto Toggles control start and frequency to and from keypad Default starts drive 2 Local Remote Toggles control start and frequency to and from keypad 3 Auto Manual Toggles only the frequency control to and from keypad P043 Motor OL Ret Related Parameter s P033 A181 Enables disables the Motor Overload Retention function When Enabled the value held in the motor overload counter is saved at power down and restored at power up Options 0 Disabled Default 1 Enabled PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOOtI EN P 3 12 Programming and Parameters Terminal Block Group T051 Digital In1 Sel I O Terminal 05 T052 Digital In2 Sel 1 0 Terminal 06 T053 Digital In3 Sel O Terminal 07 T054 Digital In4 Sel O Terminal 08 Related Parameter s P036 P038 P039 P040 A141 A142 A143 A146 A147 A148 A166 A177 A180 d301 d302 Stop drive before changing this parameter Selects the function for the digital inputs Refer to the flowchart on page 1 28 for more information on speed reference control priority Options 0 Not Used Terminal has no function but can be read over network communications via d302 Contrl In Status 1 Purge T051 Default Starts the drive at Purge speed re
153. gram i Terminal Block i Advanced Program is Aux Relay Card Fault Indication and Fault Number e Fault Name PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOO1l EN P Viewing and Editing Parameters The last user selected Basic Display Group parameter is saved when power is removed and is displayed by default when power is reapplied Start Up 2 5 The following is an example of basic integral keypad and display functions This example provides basic navigation instructions and illustrates how to program the first Basic Program Group parameter Step 1 When power is applied the last user selected Basic Display Group parameter number is displayed with flashing characters The display then defaults to that parameter s current value Example shows the value of b001 Output Freq with the drive stopped Press the Up Arrow or Down Arrow to scroll through the Basic Display Group parameters Only in Display Groups Press Esc once to display the Basic Display Group parameter number shown on power up The parameter number will flash Press Esc again to enter the group menu The group menu letter will flash Press the Up Arrow or Down Arrow to scroll through the group menu b P T C A and d Press Enter or Sel to enter a group The right digit of the last viewed parameter in that group will flash Press the Up Arrow or Down Arrow to scroll through the
154. gramming and Parameters Terminal Block Group continued T074 Analog In 2 Lo Related Parameter s P034 P038 T072 T073 T075 T076 A152 A153 Stop drive before changing this parameter Sets the analog input level that corresponds to P034 Minimum Freq Analog inversion can be accomplished by setting this value larger than T075 Analog In 2 Hi Important If analog inversion is implemented the drive will go to maximum frequency in the event the analog input is lost It is strongly recommended to activate T072 Analog In 1 Loss to protect from this potential occurrence Values Default 0 0 Min Max 0 0 100 0 Display 0 1 P035 Maximum Freq P034 Minimum Freq 0 T074 Analog In 2 Lo T075 Analog In 2 Hi T075 Analog In 2 Hi Related Parameter s P035 P038 T073 T074 T076 A152 A153 Stop drive before changing this parameter Sets the analog input level that corresponds to P035 Maximum Freq Analog inversion can be accomplished by setting this value smaller than T074 Analog In 2 Lo Values Default 100 0 Min Max 0 0 100 0 Display 0 1 PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMO01l EN P Programming and Parameters 3 23 Terminal Block Group continued T076 Analog In 2 Loss Related Parameter s T055 T060 T065 T073 T074 T075 Stop drive before changing this parameter Selects drive action when a
155. hreshold 7 Above Cur e Drive exceeds the current Amps value set in T066 Opto Out Level e Use T066 to set threshold Important Value for T066 Opto Out Level must be entered in percent of drive rated output current 8 Above DCVolt e Drive exceeds the DC bus voltage value set in T066 Opto Out Level e Use T066 to set threshold 9 Above Anlg 2 e Analog input voltage I O Terminal 17 exceeds the value set in T066 Opto Out Level e Do not use if T073 Analog In 2 Sel is set to 3 Voltage Mode Bipolar e This parameter setting can also be used to indicate a PTC trip point when the input I O Terminal 17 is wired to a PTC and external resistor e Use T066 to set threshold 10 Above PF Ang e Power Factor angle has exceeded the value set in T066 Opto Out Level e Use T066 to set threshold 11 Anlg In Loss Analog input loss has occurred Program T072 Analog In 1 Loss and or 1076 Analog In 2 Loss for desired action when input loss occurs 12 ParamControl Enables the output to be controlled over network communications by writing to T066 Opto Out Level 0 Off 1 On 13 Retries Exst Value set in A163 Auto Rstrt Tries is exceeded 14 NonRec Fault e Number of retries for A163 Auto Rstrt Tries is exceeded e Non resettable fault occurs OR e A163 Auto Rstrt Tries is not enabled 15 Reverse Drive is commanded to run in reverse di
156. ic Status bit 09 Comm Controlled Not Comm Controlled BI 11 Oper Cmd Logic Status bit 10 Comm Controlled Not Comm Controlled BI 12 Param Lock Logic Status bit 11 Locked Not Locked BI 13 Digital In 1 Logic Status bit 12 On Off Drive Terminal 2 BI 14 Digital In 2 Logic Status bit 13 On Off Drive Terminal 3 BI 15 Digital In 3 Logic Status bit 14 On Off Drive Terminal 4 BI 16 Digital In 4 Logic Status bit 15 On Off Drive Terminal 5 BI 17 Digital In 5 Drive Terminal 6 On Off BI 18 Digital In 6 Drive Terminal 7 On Off BI 19 Digital In 7 Drive Terminal 8 On Off Table F 8 Analog Inputs Network Point Type Address NPT NPA Name Description Units Min Max Al 1 Feedback Feedback 0 100 Al 2 Speed 323 Output RPM RPM 0 24000 Al 3 Current b003 Output Current A 0 00 Rated x 2 Al 4 DC Bus Volts b005 DC Bus Voltage V 0 820 Al 5 Last Fault b307 Fault 1 Code 1 1 100 Al 6 2nd Fault b308 Fault 2 Code 1 1 100 Al 7 Analog In 1 Drive Analog Input 1 Drive Terminal 13 Al 8 Analog In 2 Drive Analog Input 2 Drive Terminal 17 ii Al 9 Read Value Read value of Param selected by AO 10 Al 10 User In 1 User defined Input 1 Param selected via ADI 1 are bere soci ya ADI 2 Varias by the parameter Al 12 User In 3 User defined Input 3 i Param selected via ADI 3 Al 13 User In 4 User defined Input 4 Param selected via ADI 4 PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C
157. inal 01 will stop the drive as specified by P037 Stop Mode e 1 O Terminal 03 determines direction Installation Wiring Connection Example l O O Stop Run Forward ii Stop Run Reverse 01 02 03 0000000 SW Enable OBD Direction e 01 02 03 0000 01 02 01 02 03 Required Settings DIP Switch SNK SRC SRC Parameters P036 Start Source 2 3 4 P037 Stop Mode 0 through 7 A166 Reverse Disable 0 Enabled DIP Switch SNK SRC SRC Parameters P036 Start Source 6 2 W Lvi Enbi P037 Stop Mode 0 through 7 DIP Switch SNK SRC SRC Parameters PO36 Start Source 1 3 Wire P037 Stop Mode 0 through 7 DIP Switch SNK SRC SRC Parameters PO36 Start Source 1 3 Wire P037 Stop Mode 0 through 7 A166 Reverse Disable 0 Rev Enabled PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOO1l EN P Installation Wiring 1 27 Input Output Connection Example Required Settings Opto Output Parameters e When using Opto Output with De loots on rot 0 through 15 an inductive load such as a Ti ja Cutie relay install a recovery diode 068 Opto Out Logic parall
158. increases Refer to the flowchart on page 1 29 for details Maximum Freq Accel Time Accel Rate Values Default 30 00 Secs Min Max 0 00 600 00 Secs Display 0 01 Secs P035 Maximum Freq Time A P039 or A147 jq P040 or A148 0 Accel Time x 0 ha Decel Time x A148 Decel Time 2 Related Parameter s P040 T051 T054 A143 A146 When active sets the rate of deceleration for all speed decreases Refer to the flowchart on page 1 29 for details Maximum Freq Decel Time Reger Values Default 30 00 Secs Min Max 0 01 600 00 Secs Display 0 01 Secs PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMO01l EN P Programming and Parameters 3 37 Advanced Program Group continued A149 S Curve Sets the percentage of acceleration or deceleration time that is applied to the ramp as S Curve Time is added 1 2 at the beginning and 1 2 at the end of the ramp Values Default 20 Min Max 0 100 A setting of 0 disables this parameter Display 1 Example aiet Accel Time 10 Seconds E S Curve Setting 50 Taote S Curve Time 10 x 0 5 5 Seconds l Total Time 10 5 15 Seconds l l l l l l Tage nee l l l l 4 1 2 S Curve Time ve Accel Time hd 1 2 S Curve Time g 2 5 Seconds 10 Seconds 2 5 Seconds l 4 Total Time to Accelerate Accel Time S Curve Time gt 100 S Curve Target
159. ion is obtained through programming these two parameters If A152 PID Ref Sel is not set to zero PID can be disabled by programming a digital input A153 PID Feedback Sel Related Parameter s T070 T071 T074 T075 A204 A205 Select the source of the PID feedback Refer to Appendix D for details Options 0 Analog In 1 Default The PID will not function with a bipolar input Negative voltages are treated as 0 volts 1 Analog In 2 1 2 Comm Port 3 ACTI ACT2 with ACT1 minus ACT2 FRN 7 xx and later 4 ACT1 ACT2 with ACT1 plus ACT2 FRN 7 xx and later 5 ACT1 ACT2 with ACTI multiplied by ACT2 FRN 7 xx and later 6 ACT1 ACT2 with ACTI1 divided by ACT2 FRN 7 xx and later 7 Min A1 A2 with FRN The smaller of ACT1 or ACT2 is used as the feedback signal 7 xx and later 8 Max A1 A2 with The larger of ACT1 or ACT2 is used as the feedback signal FRN 7 xx and later D The PID will not function with bipolar input It will ignore any negative voltages and treat them like zero Note PID analog reference is scaled through the Analog In x Hi Lo parameters The invert operation is obtained through programming these two parameters PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMO01l EN P Programming and Parameters 3 39 Advanced Program Group continued A154 PID Prop Gain Sets the va
160. ive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOO1l EN P Modbus RTU Protocol E 5 Reading 03 Drive Error Codes The PowerFlex 400 Error Code data can be read via the network by sending Function Code 03 reads to register address 8449 Drive Error Codes Logic Status Address Decimal Value Decimal Description 0 No Fault 2 Auxiliary Input 3 Power Loss 4 Undervoltage 5 Overvoltage 6 Motor Stalled 7 Motor Overload 8 Heatsink Overtemperature 12 HW Overcurrent 300 13 Ground Fault 15 Load Loss 29 Analog Input Loss 33 Auto Restart Tries 38 Phase U to Ground Short 8449 39 Phase V to Ground Short 40 Phase W to Ground Short 41 Phase UV Short 42 Phase UW Short 43 Phase VW Short 48 Params Defaulted 63 Software Overcurrent 64 Drive Overload 70 Power Unit Fail 71 Net Loss 81 Communication Loss 94 Function Loss 100 Parameter Checksum Error 122 1 0 Board Fail Reading 03 and Writing 06 Drive Parameters To access drive parameters the Modbus register address equals the parameter number For example a decimal 1 is used to address Parameter b001 Output Freq and decimal 39 is used to address Parameter P039 Accel Time 1 Additional Information Refer to http www ab com drives for additional information PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOOtI EN P E 6 Mod
161. ive On Off Drive Terminal R4 R5 R6 BO 19 Opto Out Terminal 19 On Off l See Writing 06 Reference on page E 3 Table F 10 Analog Outputs Network Point Type Address NPT NPA Name Description Units Min Max AO 1 Reference Reference 0 100 AO 2 Accel 1 P039 Accel Time 1 Secs 0 0 600 0 AO 3 Decel 1 P040 Decel Time 1 Secs 0 0 600 0 AO 4 Mtr OL Current P033 Motor OL Current A 0 0 Rated x 2 AO 5 PID Setpoint A157 PID Setpoint 0 100 AO 6 Analog Out 1 Drive Analog Output 1 T084 AO 7 Analog Out2 Drive Analog output 2 T087 AO 8 Write Param Param number to write in AO 9 0 to Max Param AO 9 Write Value Write value of param selected by AO 8 Based on AO 8 selected param AO 10 Read Param Param number to read in Al 9 Mi 0 to Max Param AO 11 User Out 1 User defined Output 1 Param selected via ADI 5 AO 12 User Out 2 User defined Output 2 Param selected via ADI 6 Varies by the parameter AO 13 User Out 3 User defined Output 3 selected Param selected via ADI 7 AO 14 User Out 4 User defined Output 4 Param selected via ADI 8 PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency Publication 22C UM001I EN P AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Metasys N2 Table F 11 Internal Integer F 5 Network Point Type Address NPT NPA Name Description Min Max Default ADI 1 Param IN1 User IN 1 Al 10 0 Max Drive Params 6001 Output Freq Hz Data Source Param ADI
162. l Publication 22C UMOOtI EN P P 2 Overview Manual Conventions e In this manual we refer to the PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive as drive PowerFlex 400 or PowerFlex 400 Drive e Parameter numbers and names are shown in this format PO31 Motor NP Volts Name Number Group b Basic Display Group P Basic Program Group T Terminal Block Group C Communications Group A Advanced Program Group R Aux Relay Card Group d Advanced Display Group e The following words are used throughout the manual to describe an action Word Can Meaning Possible able to do something Cannot Not possible not able to do something May Permitted allowed Must Unavoidable you must do this Shall Required and necessary Should Recommended Should Not Not Recommended Drive Frame Sizes Similar PowerFlex 400 drive sizes are grouped into frame sizes to simplify spare parts ordering dimensioning etc A cross reference of drive catalog numbers and their respective frame sizes is provided in Appendix B PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOO1l EN P gt gt gt P Overview P 3 General Precautions ATTENTION To avoid an electric shock hazard verify that the voltage on the bus capacitors has discharged before performing any work on the drive Measure the DC bus voltage at the DC and
163. l wires should be separated from power wires by at least 0 3 meters 1 foot ATTENTION Driving the 4 20mA analog input from a voltage source could cause component damage Verify proper configuration prior to applying input signals PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOOtI EN P 1 20 Installation Wiring Control Wire Types Table 1 F Recommended Control and Signal Wirel Wire Type s Description Minimum Insulation Rating Belden 8760 9460 10 8 mm2 18AWG twisted pair 100 300V or equiv shield with drain 60 degrees C Belden 8770 0 8 MM 1BAWG 3 conductor shielded for 140 degrees F or equiv remote pot only 1 Ifthe wires are short and contained within a cabinet which has no sensitive circuits the use of shielded wire may not be necessary but is always recommended I O Terminal Block Table 1 G 1 0 Terminal Block Specifications Frame Maximum Wire Size 2 Minimum Wire Size Torque All 1 3mm 16 AWG 10 13 mm 26 AWG 0 5 0 8 N m 4 4 7 Ib in Maximum minimum sizes that the terminal block will accept these are not recommendations Maximum Control Wire Recommendations Do not exceed control wiring length of 30 meters 100 feet Control signal cable length is highly dependent on electrical environment and installation practices To improve noise immunity the I O terminal block Common must be connected to ground terminal pro
164. lar IGBT Internal DC Bus Choke 200 240V AC Input 11 37 kW 15 50 HP Panel Mount Drives 380 480V AC Input 18 5 160 kW 25 250 HP Panel Mount Drives Internal AC Line Reactor 380 480V AC Input 200 250 kW 300 350 HP Panel Mount Drives Control Method Sinusoidal PWM Volts Hertz Carrier Frequency Frames C and D 2 10 kHz Drive rating based on 4 kHz Frames E H 2 8 kHz Drive rating based on 4 kHz Frequency Accuracy Digital Input Within 0 05 of set output frequency Analog Input Within 0 5 of maximum output frequency 10 Bit resolution Analog Output 2 of full scale 10 Bit resolution Speed Regulation Open Loop with Slip 1 of base speed across a 60 1 speed range Compensation Output Frequency 0 320 Hz programmable Stop Modes Multiple programmable stop modes including Ramp Coast DC Brake Ramp to Hold and S Curve Accel Decel Two independently programmable accel and decel times Each time may be programmed from 0 600 seconds in 0 1 second increments Drive Overload 110 Overload capability for up to 1 minute Electronic Motor Overload Protection Provides class 10 motor overload protection according to NEC article 430 and motor over temperature protection according to NEC article 430 126 A 2 UL 508C File 29572 Control Inputs Digital Quantity 3 Semi programmable 4 Programmable Type Source Mode SRC 18 24V ON 0 6V OFF Sink Mode SNK 0 6V ON 18 24V OFF Analog Q
165. ld Use this Manual P 1 Reference Materials P 1 Manual Conventions P 2 Drive Frame Sizes P 2 General Precautions P 3 Catalog Number Explanation P 4 Opening the Cover 1 1 Mounting Considerations 1 5 AC Supply Source Considerations 1 9 General Grounding Requirements 1 11 Fuses and Circuit Breakers 1 12 Power WINNS si cin wh eaten dise 1 14 T O Wiring Recommendations 1 19 Start and Speed Reference Control 1 28 RS485 Network Wiring 1 30 EMC Instructions 1 31 FCC Instructions 1 34 Prepare For Drive Start Up 2 1 Integral Keypad 2 3 Viewing and Editing Parameters 2 5 Keypad Hand Off Auto Functions 2 6 About Parameters 3 1 Parameter Organization 3 2 Basic Display Group 3 4 Basic Program Group 3 7 Terminal Block Group 3 12 Communications Group 3 31 Advanced Program Group 3 35 Aux Relay Card Group 3 55 Advanced Display Group 3 60 Parameter Cross Reference by Name 3 71 Drive Status 4 1 Faults tent ee ee wa ee 4 1 Fault Descriptions 4 3 Common Symptoms and Corrective Actions 4 5 Supplemental Dri
166. lex 400 parameters Parameters are programmed viewed edited using the integral keypad As an alternative programming can also be performed using DriveExplorer or DriveExecutive software a personal computer and a serial converter module Refer to Appendix B for catalog numbers For information on About Parameters See page 3 1 Parameter Organization es ND Basic Display Grou Basic Program Group EIR RUES Terminal Block Group ee n Mo Communications Group CO C2 berg Advanced Program Group CO ICO Ion Aux Relay Card Group CO hal Ion Advanced Display Group es D D Parameter Cross Reference by Name es Ny ay About Parameters To configure a drive to operate in a specific way drive parameters may have to be set Three types of parameters exist e ENUM ENUM parameters allow a selection from 2 or more items Each item is represented by a number e Numeric Parameters These parameters have a single numerical value i e 0 1 Volts e Bit Parameters Bit parameters have four or more individual bits associated with features or conditions If the bit is 0 the feature is off or the condition is false If the bit is 1 the feature is on or the condition is true Some parameters are marked as follows O Stop drive before changing this parameter W 32 bit parameter Parameters marked 32 bit will have tw
167. lock Group continued T090 Sleep Sel Related Parameter s b001 b002 T077 T078 d305 d306 with FRN 7 xx and later Selects the operation of the sleep function Options 0 Ali gt SlpLvl Default Sleep enabled from Analog Input 1 d305 Analog In 1 above sleep level 1 Alt lt SlpLvl Sleep enabled from Analog Input 1 d305 Analog In 1 below sleep level 2 Al2 gt SIpLw Sleep enabled from Analog Input 2 d306 Analog In 2 above sleep level 3 Al2 lt SlpLvl Sleep enabled from Analog Input 2 d306 Analog In 2 below sleep level 4 OFrq gt SlpLvl Sleep enabled based on drive output frequency b001 Output Freq above sleep level 5 OFrq lt SlpLvl Sleep enabled based on drive output frequency b001 Output Freq below sleep level 6 CFrq gt SipLvl Sleep enabled based on drive command frequency b002 Commanded Freq above sleep level 7 CFrq lt SipLvl Sleep enabled based on drive command frequency b002 Commanded Freqj below sleep level T091 Wake Sel Related Parameter s 1077 T080 A203 d304 d305 4306 d328 with FRN 7 xx and later Selects the operation of the wake function Options 0 Ali gt WakLvl Wake enabled from Analog Input 1 d305 Analog In 1 above Default wake up level 1 Al lt WakLvl Wake enabled from Analog Input 1 d305 Analog In 1 below wake up level 2 Al2 gt WakLvl
168. lt See Attention Below O Terminal Block controls drive operation e 1 O Terminal 01 Stop Coast to Stop e 1 O Terminal 02 Run FWD e 1 O Terminal 03 Run REV Drive will restart after a Stop command when e Stop is removed and Run FWD is held active 4 2 W Hi Speed I O Terminal Block controls drive operation e 1 O Terminal 01 Stop Coast to Stop e 1 O Terminal 02 Run FWD e 1 O Terminal 03 Run REV Outputs are kept in a ready to run state The drive will respond to a Start command within 10 ms Important There is greater potential voltage on the output terminals when using this option 5 Comm Port Remote communications controls drive operation e 1 O Terminal 01 Stop Coast to Stop e 1 O Terminal 02 Not Used e 1 O Terminal 03 Not Used 6 2 WLvi Enbi A See Attention Below 1 0 Terminal Block controls drive operation e 1 O Terminal 01 Function Loss Fault and Coast to Stop e 1 O Terminal 02 Run FWD e 1 O Terminal 03 SW Enable Drive will restart after a Stop command when e Stop is removed and Run FWD is held active ATTENTION Hazard of injury exists due to unintended operation When P036 Start Source is set to option 3 or option 6 and the Run input is maintained the Run inputs do not need to be toggled after a Stop input or a fault clear for the drive to run again The drive will stop only when the stop command is maintained
169. lue for the PID proportional component when the PID mode is enabled by A152 PID Ref Sel Values Default 1 00 Min Max 0 00 99 99 Display 0 01 A155 PID Integ Time Sets the value for the PID integral component when the PID mode is enabled by A152 PID Ref Sel Values Default 2 0 Secs Min Max 0 0 999 9 Secs Display 0 1 Secs A156 PID Diff Rate Sets the value for the PID differential component when the PID mode is enabled by A152 PID Ref Sel Values Default 0 00 1 Secs Min Max 0 00 99 99 1 Secs Display 0 01 1 Secs A157 PID Setpoint Provides an internal fixed value for process setpoint when the PID mode is enabled by A152 PID Ref Sel Values Default 0 0 Min Max 0 0 100 0 Display 0 1 A158 PID Deadband Sets the lower limit of the PID output Values Default 0 0 Min Max 0 0 10 0 Display 0 1 A159 PID Preload Sets the value used to preload the integral component on start or enable Values Default 0 0 Hz Min Max 0 0 320 0 Hz Display 0 1 Hz PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOOtI EN P 3 40 Programming and Parameters Advanced Program Group continued A160 Process Factor Related Parameter s b008 Scales the output frequency value displayed by b008 Process Display Output Freq x Process Factor Process Display Values Default 30 0 Min Max 0 1 999 9 Di
170. lues Reading Parameter Values The configurable points may show any parameter in the drive by configuring the Param for INx point The drive reads the value of the parameter configured in the Param for INx point and shows the result in the User INx point The Param for INx s default to commonly accessed parameters and can be changed if desired A 0 disables the fetching of data and a 0 is returned in the respective User INx See Figure F 1 and Table F 13 Figure F 1 Configurable Input Point Operation Objects Inputs Controller Drive Param ADI for INx p Request Response Data Al Table F 13 Configurable Objects Inputs Network Point Type Address NPT NPA Name Description Default Al 10 User IN1 User defined Input 1 J0 Al 11 User IN2 User defined Input2 J0 Al 12 User IN3 User defined Input3 J0 Al 13 User IN4 User defined Input4 J0 ADI 1 Param for INT User IN1 AI 10 b001 Output Freq Hz Data Source Param ADI 2 Param for IN2 User IN2 Al 11 b011 Elapsed MWh Data Source Param ADI 3 Param for IN3 User IN3 AI 12 b012 Elapsed Run Time Data Source Param ADI 4 Param for IN4 JUser INA Al 13 b014 Drive Temp Data Source Param PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMO01l EN P Writing Parameter Values A Metasys N2 F 7 ATTENTION Risk of equipme
171. m is always the Master therefore the external peripheral must be configured as Auto for temporary connections or Slave for permanent connections If two peripherals will be powered up at the same time one must be configured as the Master and connected to the Master port M and the other must be connected as the Slave and connected to the Slave port S PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOOtI EN P RJ45 DSI Splitter Cable DSI Cable Accessories RJ45 Splitter Cable Catalog Number AK U0 RJ45 SC1 no p Slave Port Caz E HUEY u jn cies s Fa Master Port h PIN 1 PIN 8 RJ45 Two Position Terminal Block Adapter Catalog Number AK U0 RJ45 TB2P TB2 PIN 5 PIN 8 om pe Na TBI PIN 4 RJ45 Adapter with Integrated Termination Resistor Catalog Number AK U0 RJ45 TR1 0 PIN aw 7 PIN 1 PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UM001I EN P RJ45 DSI Splitter Cable C 3 Connecting One Temporary Peripheral DSI Drive DSI Serial Converter Hand Held Parameter 1 Adapter Cfg set to Auto default or Master and conne
172. mand The drive Run indicator is lit and output is 0 Hz Check 4301 Control Source for correct source e Ifthe source is an analog input check wiring and use a meter to check for presence of signal e Check b002 Commanded Freq to verify correct command Incorrect reference source is being selected via remote device or digital inputs None e Check d301 Control Source for correct source e Check 302 Contri In Status to see if inputs are selecting an alternate source Verify settings for T051 T054 Digital Inx Sel e Check P038 Speed Reference for the source of the speed reference Reprogram as necessary e Review the Speed Reference Control chart on page 1 28 Motor and or drive will not accelerate to commanded speed Cause s Indication Corrective Action Acceleration time is excessive None Reprogram P039 Accel Time 1 or A147 Accel Time 2 Excess load or short None Compare b003 Output Current with acceleration times force the A179 Current Limit 1 drive into current limit slowing Remove excess load or reprogram or stopping acceleration P039 Accel Time 1 or A147 Accel Time 2 Check for improper A170 Boost Select setting Speed command source or None Verify b002 Commanded Freq value is not as expected Check 4301 Control Source for the proper Speed Command Programming is preventing the None Check P035 Maximum Freq to drive output
173. meters Terminal Block Group continued T085 Analog Out2 Sel 3 27 Related Parameter s P035 T086 T087 Sets the analog output signal mode 0 20 mA 4 20 mA or 0 10V The output is used to provide a signal that is proportional to several drive conditions This parameter must match DIP Switch AO2 setting DIP Switch Output Min Output Max Output Value A02 Related Setting Range Value Analog Output Hi Filter Setting Parameter 0 OutFreq0 10 0 10V OV 0Hz Maximum Freq None 10V b001 1 OutCurr0 10 0 10V OV 0 Amps 200 Drive Rated FLA Filter A 10V b003 2 OutTorq0 10 0 10V OV 0 Amps 200 Drive Rated FLA Filter A 10V b013 3 OutVoltO 10 0 10V OV 0 Volts 120 Drive Rated Output V None 10V b004 4 OutPowr0 10 0 10V OV 0kW 200 Drive Rated Power Filter A 10V b010 5 Setpnt0 10 0 10V OV 0 0 100 0 Setting None 10V T084 6 TstData0 10 0 10V OV 0000 65535 Hex FFFF None 10V A196 7 OutFreq 0 20 0 20mA OmA OHz Maximum Freq None 20mA b001 8 OutCurr 0 20 0 20mA OmA 0Amps 200 Drive Rated FLA Filter A 20 mA b003 9 OutTorq0 20 0 20mA OmA 0Amps 200 Drive Rated FLA Filter A 20 mA b013 10 OutVolt 0 20 0 20mA 0mA 0 Volts 120 Drive Rated OutputV None 20 mA b004 11 OutPowr 0 20 0 20mA 0 mA 0 kW 200 Drive Rated Power Filter A 20 mA 1 12 Setpnt0 20 0 20mA OmA 0 0 100 0 Setting None 20mA T084 13 TstData 0 20 0 20mA 0 mA 0000 65535 Hex FFFF None 20mA
174. n Catalog Number BACnet MS TP Embedded communication options for use with the 22 COMM B RS 485 Communication PowerFlex family of drives Adapter Requires a Communication Adapter Cover when ControlNet used with Frame C PowerFlex 400 drives Ordered 99 COMM C Communication Adapter Separately DeviceNet 22 COMM D Communication Adapter EtherNet IP 22 COMM E Communication Adapter LonWorks 22 COMM L Communication Adapter PROFIBUS DP 22 COMM P Communication Adapter External DSI External mounting kit for 22 COMM communication 22 XCOMM Communications Kit adapter options DC BASE External Comms Power Optional 100 240V AC Power Supply for External 20 XCOMM Supply DSI Communications Kit AC PS1 Compact I O Module 3 Channel 1769 SM2 Communication Adapter Cover that houses the communication adapter Cover Frame C Drive 22C CCC Serial Converter Module Provides serial communication via DF1 protocol for 22 SCM 232 RS485 to RS232 use with DriveExplorer and DriveExecutive software Includes DSI to RS232 serial converter one 1203 SFC serial cable one 22 RJ45CBL C20 cable one DriveExplorer Lite CD one DSI Cable 2 0 meter RJ45 to RJ45 cable male to male 22 RJ45CBL C20 connectors Serial Cable 2 0 meter serial cable with a locking low profile 1203 SFC connector to connect to the serial converter and a 9 pin sub miniature D female connector to connect to a computer Serial Null Cable For use when connecting the
175. n input signal loss is detected Signal loss is defined as an analog signal less than 1V or 2mA The signal loss event ends and normal operation resumes when the input signal level is greater than or equal to 1 5V or 3mA If using a 0 10V analog input set T074 Analog In 2 Lo to a minimum of 20 i e 2 volts The drive will fault on an F29 Analog Input Loss when the analog signal is lost if this parameter is used for the PID feedback and this parameter and A152 PID Ref Sel are both set to an option other than 0 Disabled Options 0 Disabled Default 1 Fault F29 F29 Analog Input Loss 2 Stop Uses P037 Stop Mode 3 Zero Ref Drive runs at zero speed reference 4 Min Freq Ref Drive runs at minimum frequency 5 Max Freq Ref Drive runs at maximum frequency 6 Preset Freq0 Drive runs at A143 Preset Freq 0 7 Hold Last with FRN Drive uses last frequency command from analog input prior to 6 xx and later signal loss or last PID reference prior to signal loss when used as a PID reference T077 Sleep Wake Sel Related Parameter s T078 T079 T080 T081 T090 T091 The drive sleeps if the appropriate analog input drops below the set Sleep Level for the time set in Sleep Time and the drive i is running When entering sleep mode the drive will ramp to zero and the run indicator on the keypad display will flash indicating the drive is in
176. nced Program Group continued A193 Skip Freq Band 3 Related Parameter s A192 Determines the bandwidth around A192 Skip Frequency 3 A193 Skip Freq Band 3 is split applying 1 2 above and 1 2 below the actual skip frequency A setting of 0 0 disables this parameter Values Default 0 0 Hz Min Max 0 0 30 0 Hz Display 0 1 Hz Frequency Command frequency Drive Output frequency Mm PRE Lessee ee Skip Frequency gt f Skip Frequency Band sah ae el S A194 Compensation Enables disables correction options that may improve problems with motor instability Options 0 Disabled 1 Electrical Default 1 Some drive motor combinations have inherent instabilities which are exhibited as non sinusodial motor currents This setting attempts to correct this condition 2 Mechanical Some motor load combinations have mechanical resonances which can be excited by the drive current regulator This setting slows down the current regulator response and attempts to correct this condition 3 Both 1 1 Use Dead Time Compensation algorithm to minimize flat spots in motor current waveforms Use this solution also to achieve motor stability A195 Reset Meters Related Parameter s d310 d317 Resets the marker that indicates Fault Times and Energy usage Options 0 Ready Idle Default 1 Reset MWh Also resets kWh marker 2 Reset Time min hr and x10h
177. nclude but may not be limited to the following Parts 1 amp 2 AC AD BC BD CD DD ED EFS EF FF FG GF GG GH 2 Typical designations include Type CC KTK R FNQ R Type J JKS LPJ Type T JJS JIN PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOOtI EN P A 2 Supplemental Drive Information Specifications Drive Ratings Output Ratings Input Ratings Branch Circuit Protection Catalog Amps Min Number Voltage 140M Motor Kolmel kW HP 45 C 50 C Range kVA Amps Fuses Protectors 2 Contactors in 200 240V AC 3 Phase Input 0 230V 3 Phase Output 22C B012N103 2 2 3 0 12 112 180 265 6 5 15 5 20 140M F8E C16 100 C23 5098 22C B017N103 3 7 5 0 1175 17 5 180 265 18 8 21 30 140M F8E C25 100 C37 5098 22C BO24N103 5 5 7 5 24 24 180 265 10 9 26 1 35 140M F8E C32 100 C37 5098 22C B033N103 7 5 10 33 33 180 265 14 4 1346 45 140M F8E C45 100 C45 5098 22C B049A103 11 15 49 49 180 265 21 3 51 70 100 C60 22C B065A103 15 20 65 65 180 265 28 3 68 90 100 C85 22C B075A103 18 5 25 75 75 180 265 32 5 178 100 100 D95 22C B090A103 22 30 90 81 180 265 38 3 192 125 100 D110 22C B120A103 30 40 120 120 180 265 151 6 1124 175 100 D180 22C B145A103 37 50 145 130 180 265 62 4 150 200
178. nel LCD Display 22 HIM C2S Mount Digital Speed Control CopyCat Capable IP66 NEMA Type 4X 12 indoor use only Includes 2 0 meter cable LCD Display Remote Handheld LCD Display 22 HIM A3 Digital Speed Control Full Numeric Keypad CopyCat Capable IP30 NEMA Type 1 Includes 1 0 meter cable Panel Mount with optional Bezel Kit Bezel Kit Panel mount for LCD Display Remote 22 HIM B1 Handheld unit IP30 NEMA Type 1 DSI HIM Cable 1 0 Meter 3 3 Feet 22 HIM H10 DSI HIM to RJ45 cable 2 9 Meter 9 51 Feet 22 HIM H30 Table B 11 Frame C IP30 NEMA 1 UL Type 1 Kit Drive Item Description Frame Catalog Number IP30 NEMA 1 UL Type 1 Field installed kit Converts drive to IP30 c 22 JBAC Kit NEMA 1 UL Tvpe 1 enclosure Includes conduit box with mounting screws and plastic top panel IP30 NEMA 1 UL Type 1 Field installed kit Converts drive to IP30 Kit for Communication NEMA 1 UL Type 1 enclosure Includes Option communication option conduit box with mounting screws and plastic top panel o 22 JBCC Table B 12 Field Installed Option tem Catalog Number Auxiliary Relay Board Field installed kit Expands drive output AK U9 RLB1 capabilities PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOOtI EN P B 8 Accessories and Dimensions Product Dimensions Table B 13 PowerFlex 400 Frames and Weights
179. njection Braking Stop Stop command clears active fault 3 DCBrkAuto CF DC Injection Braking Stop with Auto Shutoff e Standard DC Injection Braking for value set in A176 DC Brake Time OR e Drive shuts off if the drive detects that the motor is stopped Stop command clears active fault Ramp Ramp to Stop Coast Coast to Stop DC Brake DC Injection Braking Stop DC BrakeAuto DC Injection Braking Stop with Auto Shutoff e Standard DC Injection Braking for value set in A176 DC Brake Time OR e Drive shuts off if the drive detects that the motor is stopped Yo on amp 1 Stop input also clears active fault PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOOtI EN P 3 10 Programming and Parameters Basic Program Group continued P038 Speed Reference Related Parameter s b001 b002 P038 P040 P042 T051 T054 T070 T071 T073 T074 T075 C102 A141 A142 A143 A146 A152 d301 Sets the source of the speed reference to the drive The drive speed command can be obtained from a number of different sources The source is normally determined by P038 Speed Reference However when T051 1054 Digital Inx Sel is set to option 1 2 3 4 5 8 14 15 16 17 and the digital input is active or if A152 PID Ref Sel is not set to option 0 the speed reference commanded by P038 Speed Reference will be overridden Refer to
180. ns Description Action Auxiliary input interlock is Fault Desc No Fault F2 Auxiliary Input F3 Power Loss F4 UnderVoltage F5 OverVoltage O F6 Motor Stalled F7 Motor Overload F8 Heatsink OvrTmp F12 HW OverCurrent 2 F13 Ground Fault open FRN 5 03 and earlier only The DC bus voltage fell below undervoltage level within 200 ms of a start command DC bus ripple voltage is exces sive or an input phase loss has been detected DC bus voltage fell below the minimum value DC bus voltage exceeded maximum value Drive is unable to accelerate motor Internal electronic overload trip Heatsink temperature exceeds a predefined value The drive output current has exceeded the hardware current limit A current path to earth ground has been detected at one or more of the drive output terminals 1 Check remote wiring 2 Verify communications programming for intentional fault Monitor the incoming AC line for low voltage or line power interruption Check input fuses D Monitor the incoming AC line for low voltage or line power interruption 2 Check input fuses Monitor the AC line for high line voltage or transient conditions Bus overvoltage can also be caused by motor regeneration Extend the decel time or install a dynamic brake chopper Increase P039 A147 Accel Time x or reduce load so drive output current
181. nt damage exists If configurable outputs are programmed to write parameter data to Non Volatile Storage NVS frequently the NVS will quickly exceed its life cycle and cause the drive to malfunction Do not create a program that frequently uses configurable outputs to write parameter data to NVS These outputs are written each time the User OUTx point is written from th e network The Param for OUTx s default to commonly accessed parameters and can be changed if desired A value of 0 in the Param for OUTx field disables the writing of data for that specific point Figure F 2 Configurable Objects Outputs Controller Drive ADI User AO OUTx al Table F 14 Configurable Objects Outputs Network Point Type Address NPT NPA Description Range Default AO 6 User OUT1 0 AO 7 User OUT2 Varies by the parameter g AO 8 User OUT3 Sea for 0 AO 9 User OUT4 0 AD 5 User OUT1 A06 0 not in use 1 to A154 PID Prop Gain Destination Param maximum of drive parameters AD 6 User OUT2 A07 0 not in use 1 to A155 PID Integ Time Destination Param maximum of drive parameters AD 7 User OUT3 A08 0 not in use 1 to A156 PID Diff Rate Destination Param maximum of drive parameters AD 8 User OUT4 A09 0 not in use 1 to A158 PID Deadband Destination Param maximum of drive parameters PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency
182. o parameter numbers when using RS485 communications and programming software PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOO01l EN P Programming and Parameters Parameter Organization Refer to page 3 71 for an alphabetical listing of parameters Group Basic Display Basic Program Terminal Block Communications Advanced Program Parameters Output Freq Commanded Freq Output Current Output Voltage DC Bus Voltage Motor NP Volts Motor NP Hertz Motor OL Current Minimum Freq Digital Int Sel Digital In2 Sel Digital In3 Sel Digital In4 Sel Relay Outi Sel Relay Out1 Level Relay 1 On Time Relay 1 Off Time Relay Out2 Sel Relay Out2 Level Relay 2 On Time Relay 2 Off Time Language Purge Frequency Internal Freq Preset Freq 0 Preset Freq 1 Preset Freq 2 Preset Freq 3 Accel Time 2 Decel Time 2 S Curve D Trim Hi D Trim Lo D Ref Sel D Feedback Sel D Prop Gain D Integ Time D Diff Rate D Setpoint D Deadband D Preload rocess Factor uto Rstrt Tries uto Rstrt Delav art At PowerUp D gt gt UUUUUUUUUUU b001 b002 b003 b004 b005 P031 P032 P033 P034 T051 T052 T053 T054 T055 T056 T058 T059 T060 T061 T063 T064 C101 A141 A142 A143 A144 A145 A146 A147 A148 A149 A150 A151 A152 A153 A154 A155 A156 A157 A158 A159 A160 A163 A164 A165 Drive Status b006 Fault 1 Code b007 Process Displ
183. o each drive All drives must be powered up for the analog signal to be read correctly PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOOtI EN P 1 28 The drive speed command can be obtained from a number of different sources The source is Installation Wiring Start and Speed Reference Control normally determined by P038 Speed Reference The drive Start command is normally determined by P036 Start Source However the settings for these parameters can be overridden by a variety of methods See the chart below for the override priority Purge Input Enabled and Active Digital Inx Sel 1 Yes Drive will Start and Run as specified by A141 Purge Frequency Direction is always Forward Local Input Enabled and Active Digital Inx Sel 3 Yes Start Speed and Direction commands come from Integral Keypad Direction is Forward unless an input is programmed for Keypad Jog Direction Auto Input Enabled and Active Digital Inx Sel 2 Yes Run as specified by P038 Speed Reference Start and Direction commands come from P036 Start Source omm Select Input Enabled and Active Digital Inx Sel 4 Start Speed and Direction commands come from RS485 DSI port Drive is in Hand Local Mode selected by AUTO key 1 Start and Speed commands come from Integral Keypad Direction is Forw
184. ode The value of this parameter is then moved to Fault 3 Code Refer to Chapter 4 for fault code descriptions Values Default Read Only Min Max 0 122 Display 1 d332 Fault 6 Code Related Parameter s A197 With FRN 6 xx and later A code that represents the sixth most recent drive fault The codes will appear in these parameters in the order they occur d307 Fault 1 Code the most recent fault Repetitive faults will only be recorded once As faults occur this parameter will be overwritten by Fault 5 Code Refer to Chapter 4 for fault code descriptions Values Default Read Only Min Max 0 122 Display 1 d333 Fault 7 Code Related Parameter s A197 With FRN 6 xx and later A code that represents the seventh most recent drive fault The codes will appear in these parameters in the order they occur d307 Fault 1 Code the most recent fault Repetitive faults will only be recorded once As faults occur this parameter will be overwritten by Fault 6 Code Refer to Chapter 4 for fault code descriptions Values Default Read Only Min Max 0 122 Display 1 PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMO01l EN P Programming and Parameters 3 67 Advanced Display Group continued d334 Fault 8 Code Related Parameter s A197 With FRN 6 xx and later A code that represents the eighth most recent drive fault The codes will appea
185. og In Filter T089 Sleep Sel T090 Wake Sel T091 Start Source 2 C108 Speed Ref 2 C109 Skip Frequency 1 A188 Skip Freq Band 1 A189 Skip Frequency 2 A190 Skip Freq Band2 A191 Skip Frequency 3 A192 Skip Freq Band3 A193 Compensation A194 Reset Meters A195 Testpoint Sel A196 Fault Clear A197 Program Lock A198 Motor NP Poles A199 Motor NP FLA A200 PID Invert Error A201 MOP Reset Sel A202 Wake Deviation A203 ACT1 Input A204 ACT2 Input A205 ACT1 Minimum A206 ACT1 Maximum A207 ACT2 Minimum A208 ACT2 Maximum A209 Wake PID Preload A210 Group Aux Relay Card Aux Cara oy Advanced Display Parameters Relay Out3 Sel Relay Out3 Leve Relay Out4 Sel Relay Out4 Leve Relay Out5 Sel Relay Out5 Leve Relay Out6 Sel Relay Out6 Leve Relay Out7 Sel Relay Out7 Leve Relay Out8 Sel Relay Out8 Leve Control Source Contrl In Status Comm Status PID Setpnt Displ Analog In 1 Analog In 2 Fau Fau Fau Fau Fau Fau Fau Fau Fau 1 Code Code Code ime hr ime min ime hr ime min ime hr 3 Time min 2 3 1 1 2 2 3 Elapsed Time hr Elapsed Time min 4317 R221 R222 R224 R225 R227 R228 R230 R231 R233 R234 R236 R237 d301 d302 d303 d304 d305 d306 d307 d308 d309 d310 d311 d312 d313 d314 d315 d316 Programming and Parameters Aux Aux Aux Aux Aux Aux Aux Aux Aux Aux Aux Motor Mode Motor Qty 1 Start Freq 1 Stop Freq 1 Ref Add 2 Start Freq 2 Stop
186. og inversion can be accomplished by setting this value smaller than T070 Analog In 1 Lo Values Default 100 0 Min Max 0 0 100 0 Display 0 1 PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMO01l EN P Programming and Parameters 3 21 Terminal Block Group continued T072 Analog In 1 Loss Related Parameter s T055 T060 T065 T069 T070 T071 A152 Stop drive before changing this parameter Selects drive action when an input signal loss is detected Signal loss is defined as an analog signal less than 1V or 2mA The signal loss event ends and normal operation resumes when the input signal level is greater than or equal to 1 5V or 3mA If using a 0 10V analog input set 1070 Analog In 1 Lo to a minimum of 20 i e 2 volts The drive will fault on an F29 Analog Input Loss when the analog signal is lost if this parameter is used for the PID feedback and this parameter and A152 PID Ref Sel are both set to an option other than 0 Disabled Options 0 Disabled Default 1 Fault F29 F29 Analog Input Loss 2 Stop Uses P037 Stop Mode 3 Zero Ref Drive runs at zero speed reference 4 Min Freq Ref Drive runs at minimum frequency 5 Max Freq Ref Drive runs at maximum frequency 6 Preset Freq0 Drive runs at A143 Preset Freq 0 7 Hold Last Drive uses last frequency command from analog inpu
187. ogic Command Data description updated E Writing 06 Reference description updated 4 New Parameters The following parameters have been added with the release of Firmware Release Number FRN 7 xx Parameter Number jPage Parameter Number Page Sleep Sel T090 3 29 ACT1 Minimum A206 3 53 Wake Sel T091 3 29 ACT1 Maximum A207 3 53 Wake Deviation A203 3 52 ACT2 Minimum A208 3 53 ACT1 Input A204 3 52 ACT2 Maximum A209 3 53 ACT2 Input A205 3 52 Wake PID Preload A210 3 54 PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOOtI EN P soc 2 Manual Updates The information below summarizes the changes to the PowerFlex 400 User Manual since the September 2009 release Description of New or Updated Information See Page s Minimum Enclosure Volume column and new footnotes added 1 13 A 2 Drive Fuse amp Circuit Breaker Ratings topic updated A 1 Electronic Motor Overload Protection description updated A 3 A 4 Manual Updates The information below summarizes the changes to the PowerFlex 400 User Manual since the October 2006 release Description of New or Updated Information See Page s Note on placement of wiring for Frame E 240V 30 37kW 40 50HP and 1 17 480V 55 75 kW 75 100HP drives added Parameter T072 Analog In 1 Loss Description revised and Option 7 3 21 Hold Last added Parameter T076
188. on 2 Byte Object Status Table F 4 Internal Structure of Metasys N2 Analog Output AO Attribute Type Description 1 Byte Object Configuration 2 Byte Object Status 3 Float Current Value Table F 5 Internal Structure of Metasys N2 Binary Output BO Attribute Type Description 1 Byte Object Configuration 2 Byte Object Status 3 Integer Minimum On Time 4 Integer Minimum Off Time 5 Integer Maximum Cycle Hour Table F 6 Internal Structure of Metasys N2 Internal Integer ADI Attribute Type Description 1 Byte Object Status 2 Integer Current Value Signed 16 bit PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOO1l EN P Metasys N2 F 3 Network Points Table F 7 Binary Inputs Network Point Type Address NPT NPA Name Description ON 1 OFF 0 BI 1 Ready Logic Status bit 00 Ready Not Ready BI 2 Active Logic Status bit 01 Active Not Active BI 3 Cmd Dir Logic Status bit 02 Forward Reverse BI 4 Act Dir Logic Status bit 03 Forward Reverse BI 5 Accel Logic Status bit 04 Accelerating Not Accelerating BI 6 Decel Logic Status bit 05 Decelerating Not Decelerating BI 7 Alarm Logic Status bit 06 Alarm No Alarm BI 8 Fault Logic Status bit 07 Fault No Fault BI 9 At Speed Logic Status bit 08 At Reference Not at Reference BI 10 Main Freq Log
189. on 22C UMOOtI EN P Installation Wiring 1 4 Frame H Drives 1 Loosen the four captive cover screws 2 Pull the bottom of the cover out and up to release Oo Yammy iit oc mri yun TM Li a 9 oe IMMUT Me PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOO1l EN P Mounting Considerations e Mount the drive upright on a flat vertical and level surface Installation Wiring 1 5 Frame Screw Size Screw Torque C M5 10 24 2 45 2 94 N m 22 26 Ib in D M8 5 16 in 6 0 7 4 N m 53 2 65 0 lb in E M8 5 16 in 8 8 10 8 N m 78 0 95 3 Ib in F M10 3 8 in 19 6 23 5 N m 173 6 208 3 Ib in G M12 1 2 in 33 5 41 0 N m 296 5 362 9 Ib in H M12 1 2 in 33 5 41 0 N m 296 5 362 9 Ib in e Protect the cooling fan by avoiding dust or metallic particles e Do not expose to a corrosive atmosphere e Protect from moisture and direct sunlight Maximum Surrounding Air Temperature Frame Enclosure Rating Temperature Minimum Mounting Range Clearances c IP 20 UL Open Type 10 to 45 C See Figure 1 1 14 to 113 F Mounting Option A IP 30 NEMA 1 UL Type 1 1 10 to 45 C See Figure 1 1 14 to 113 F Mounting Option B IP 20 UL Open Type 10 to 50 C See Figure 1 1 14 to 122 F Mounting Option B D IP 30 NEMA 1 UL Type
190. op Off Used to stop the drive or clear a fault OFF This key is always active Controlled by parameter P037 Stop Mode 1 Important Certain digital input settings can override drive operation Refer to Start and Speed Reference Control on page 1 28 for details PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UM001I EN P 2 4 LED Start Up LED Status Indicators LED State Description Program Status Steady Red Indicates parameter value can be changed Selected digit will flash Fault Status hE Flashing Red Indicates that the drive is faulted Speed Status Steady Green Indicates that the digital speed control keys are D enabled Hand Status e Steady Green Indicates that the Run Start key is enabled HAND Auto Status Steady Yellow Indicates that the drive is in Auto mode Description Parameter Name in a ie ee Running flashes to indicate that the drive is stopping but is still decelerating flashes when DC Injection is commanded Direction Indication The Direction Arrow g indicates the commanded direction of rotation If the Arrow is flashing the drive has been commanded to change direction but is still decelerating Sleep Mode Indication or flashes to indicate that the drive is in sleep mode Parameter Group and Number i Basic Display i Basic Pro
191. or the drive is faulted PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMO01l EN P 3 34 Programming and Parameters Communications Group continued C109 Speed Ref 2 Related Parameter s b001 b002 P038 P040 P042 T051 T054 T070 T071 T073 T074 T075 C102 A141 A142 A143 A146 A152 d301 Sets the source of the speed reference to the drive when in Comm Control and the communication network commands the drive to run from Local Control Refer to the flowchart on page 1 28 for more information on speed reference control priority Options 0 Drive Keypad Internal frequency command from the digital speed keys on the integral keypad 1 InternalFreq Internal frequency command from A142 Internal Freq Must be set when using MOP function 2 Analog In 1 Default External frequency command from an analog source as determined by T069 Analog In 1 Sel and DIP Switch AI on the control board Default Dip Switch setting is 10V 3 Analog In 2 External frequency command from an analog source as determined by T073 Analog In 2 Sel and DIP Switch Al2 on the control board Default Dip Switch setting is 10V 4 Preset Freq External frequency command as defined by A143 A146 Preset Freq x when T051 1054 Digital Inx Sel are programmed as Preset Frequencies and the digital inputs are active 5 Comm Port External frequency
192. ormally closed contact for No 1 output relay T055 R4 2 Relay N O Motor Running Normally open contact for No 2 output relay T060 R5 2 Relay Common Common for output relay R6 2 Relay N C Motor Running Normally closed contact for No 2 output relay T060 Selection DIP Switches 0 10V Sets analog output to either voltage or current Analog Input Al1 amp Al2 Settings must match Al amp T069 Analog In 1 Sel Analog Output AO1 amp AO2 Al2 amp T073 Analog In 2 Sel AO1 8 T082 Analog Out1 Sel AO2 amp T085 Analog Out2 Sel Sink Source DIP Switch Source SRC Inputs can be wired as Sink SNK or Source SRC via DIP Switch setting Figure 1 11 User Installed Auxiliary Relay Card Frames D E F G and H Only e 0 i tla m ki o oO 1o el Important If using auxiliarv motor control ensure that wiring and parameter configuration are correct before wiring contactor outputs All relays on the Auxiliary Relay Card will energize on power up by default Failure to verify proper wiring and parameter configuration can result in improper motor operation or drive damage Refer to Appendix D for more details Table 1 J User Installed Relay Board Terminal Designations No Signal Default Description Param 3A 3 Relay N O Ready Fault Normally open contact for Number 3 Output Relay R221 3B 3 Relay Common Common for Number 3 Output Rela
193. ortant Actual control commands may come from a source other than the control terminal block 1 Condition True 0 Condition False Start FWD In 1 0 Terminal 02 Dir REV In I O Terminal 03 Stop Input 1 0 Terminal 01 Digital In 1 1 0 Terminal 05 Digital In 2 1 0 Terminal 06 Digital In 3 1 0 Terminal 07 Digital In 4 1 0 Terminal 08 Not Used Values Default Read Only Min Max 0 1 Display 1 PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMO01l EN P Programming and Parameters 3 61 Advanced Display Group continued d303 Comm Status Related Parameter s C102 C103 Status of the communications ports 1 Condition True 0 Condition False Received Good Message Packet Digit 0 Transmitting Message Digit 1 DSI Peripheral Connected Digit 2 Received Bad Message Packet Digit 3 Values Default Read Only Min Max 0 1111 Display 1 d304 PID Setpnt Displ Related Parameter s A152 Displays the active PID Setpoint value Values Default 0 0 Min Max 0 0 100 0 Display 0 1 d305 Analog In 1 Related Parameter s T069 T071 Displays the status of Analog Input 1 Values Default 0 0 Min Max 0 0 120 0 Display 0 1 d306 Analog In 2 Related Parameter s T073 T075 Displays the status of Analog Input 2 Values Default 0 0 Min Max 0 0 120 0 Display 0 1 PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency
194. orted BACnet Protocols DeviceNet Optional EtherNet IP PROFIBUS DP ControlNet LonWorks Software Windows Based Optional Pocket PC Windows Mobile 2003 PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOOtI EN P A 6 Supplemental Drive Information PowerFlex 400 Watts Loss Rated Load Speed amp PWM Panel Mount Watts Flange Mount Watts Voltage KW hP Total External Internal Total 200 240V AC 2 2 3 0 146 119 28 146 3 7 5 0 207 174 33 207 5 5 7 5 266 228 39 266 7 5 10 359 315 44 359 11 15 488 15 20 650 18 5 25 734 22 30 778 30 40 1055 37 50 1200 380 480V AC 2 2 3 0 105 77 28 105 4 0 5 0 171 143 28 171 5 5 7 5 200 161 39 200 7 5 10 267 229 39 267 11 15 329 285 44 329 15 20 435 380 55 435 18 5 25 606 22 30 738 30 40 764 37 50 1019 45 60 1245 55 75 1487 75 100 2043 90 125 2617 110 150 3601 132 200 13711 160 250 4208 200 300 4916 250 350 16167 PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOO1l EN P Supplemental Drive Information A 7 Input Power Connections Figure A 1 Frame C D and E Connections
195. otor OL Select Drive provides Class 10 motor overload protection Settings 0 2 select the derating factor for the overload function Related Parameter s P032 P033 P043 Pt Options 0 No Derate Default 1 Min Derate 2 Max Derate No Derate vago amp sss S of P033 Motor OL Curent 0 0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 of P032 Motor NP Hertz Min Derate 0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 of PO32 Motor NP Hertz sgo 8 88e of PO33 Motor OL Curent v es PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOO1l EN P Max Derate 0 0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 of PO32 Motor NP Hertz vago 8 8S8Ss of P033 Motor OL Curent Programming and Parameters 3 47 Advanced Program Group continued A182 Drive OL Mode Related Parameter s P032 P033 Determines how the drive handles overload conditions that would otherwise cause the drive to fault Options 0 Disabled 1 Reduce CLim 2 Reduce PWM 3 Both PWM 1st Default A183 SW Current Trip Related Parameter s P033 Enables disables a software instantaneous within 100 ms current trip Values Default 0 0 Disabled Min Max 0 0 Drive Rated Amps x 1 8 Display 0 1 Amps A184 Load Loss Level Related Parameter s P033 Provides a software trip Load Loss fault when the current drops below this level for the time specified
196. p Mode 0 through 7 DIP Switch SNK SRC SNK Parameters P036 Start Source 2 3 4 P037 Stop Mode 0 through 7 PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UM0011 EN P 1 26 Input Output 2 Wire Control Sourcing SRC Internal Supply Run FWD Run REV e Input must be active for the drive to run e When input is opened the drive will stop as specified by P037 Stop Mode e If both Run FWD and Run REV inputs are closed at the same time an undetermined state could occur e Drive will not run if I O Terminal 01 is open Drive will coast to stop if opened while running 2 Wire Control with Function Loss and SW Enable Sourcing SRC Internal Supply Non Reversing e Input must be active for the drive to run e When input is opened the drive will stop as specified by P037 Stop Mode e Drive will not run if I O Terminal 03 is open Drive will coast to stop if opened while running e Drive will fault if O Terminal 01 is open Drive will coast to stop if opened while running Requires drive reset once terminal is closed 3 Wire Control Sourcing SRC Internal Supply Non Reversing e Amomentary input will start the drive e A stop input to I O Terminal 01 will stop the drive as specified by P037 Stop Mode 3 Wire Control Sourcing SRC Internal Supply Reversing e A momentary input will start the drive e A stop input to I O Term
197. pple V Related Parameter s b006 With FRN 6 xx and later Displays the real time value of DC bus ripple voltage Excessive voltage ripple will eventually result in F017 Input Phase Loss fault Fault ripple levels are 30V for 230V rated drives and 60V for 460V rated drives Values Default Read Only Min Max 0 410 for 230 VAC drives 820 for 460 VAC drives VDC Display 1 VDC PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOOtI EN P 3 66 Programming and Parameters Advanced Display Group continued d330 Fault 4 Code Related Parameter s A197 With FRN 6 xx and later A code that represents the fourth most recent drive fault The codes will appear in these parameters in the order they occur d307 Fault 1 Code the most recent fault Repetitive faults will only be recorded once As faults occur this parameter will be overwritten by Fault 3 Code The value of this parameter is then moved to Fault 3 Code Refer to Chapter 4 for fault code descriptions Values Default Read Only Min Max 0 122 Display 1 d331 Fault 5 Code Related Parameter s A197 With FRN 6 xx and later A code that represents the fifth most recent drive fault The codes will appear in these parameters in the order they occur d307 Fault 1 Code the most recent fault Repetitive faults will only be recorded once As faults occur this parameter will be overwritten by Fault 4 C
198. production of the contents of this manual in whole or in part without written permission of Rockwell Automation Inc is prohibited Throughout this manual when necessary we use notes to make you aware of safety considerations that can cause an explosion in a hazardous environment which may WARNING Identifies information about practices or circumstances A lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss Important Identifies information that is critical for successful application and understanding of the product ATTENTION Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss Attentions help you e identify a hazard e avoid the hazard e recognize the consequences drive or motor to alert people that dangerous voltage may be present Burn Hazard labels may be located on or inside the equipment e g drive or motor to alert people that surfaces may be at dangerous temperatures Shock Hazard labels may be located on or inside the equipment e g PowerFlex is a registered trademark of Rockwell Automation Inc DriveExplorer DriveExecutive and SCANport are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc PLC is a registered trademark of Rockwell Automation Inc PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Summary of Changes Manual Updates The information below summarizes the changes to the Power
199. provides PID Feedback to the drive Fluctuations in tension result in a PID Error value e The Master Speed Reference sets the wind unwind speed e As tension increases or decreases during winding the Speed Reference is trimmed to compensate Tension is maintained near the Equilibrium set point Equilibrium Set Point PID Reference lt 0 Volts ja gt PID Feedback Dancer Pot Signal c odobo gt c woah YX lt 10 Volts L Speed Reference PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMO01l EN P Application Notes D 5 PID Reference and Feedback Parameter A152 PID Ref Sel is used to enable the PID mode A152 0 PID Disabled and to select the source of the PID Reference If A152 PID Ref Sel is not set to 0 PID Disabled PID can still be disabled by select programmable digital input options parameters TO51 T054 such as Local or PID Disable Table D A A152 PID Ref Sel Options Option 0 PID Disabled Description Disables the PID loop default setting 1 PID Setpoint Selects Exclusive Control A157 PID Setpoint will be used to set the value of the PID Reference 2 Analog In 1 Selects Exclusive Control Selects the Analog In 1 Input 3 Analog In 2 Selects Exclusive Control Selects the Analog In 2 Input Note that the PID will not function with a
200. puts Verify system operation before connecting auxiliary motor contactor outputs Values Default 0 0 Hr Min Max 0 0 999 9 Hr Display 0 1 Hr R254 Aux AutoSwap Lvl Sets the maximum level allowable for an AutoSwap to occur If the PID output is above this level AutoSwap will be delayed until the PID output drops below this parameter setting Values Default 50 0 Min Max 0 0 100 0 Display 0 1 PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOOtI EN P 3 60 Programming and Parameters Advanced Display Group d301 Control Source Related Parameter s P036 P038 T051 T054 Displays the active source of the Start Command and Speed Command which are normally defined by the settings of P036 Start Source and P038 Speed Reference but may be overridden by digital inputs Refer to the flowcharts on pages 1 28 and 1 29 for details e Start Command Digit 0 0 Keypad 1 Terminal Block 2 Communications Speed Command Digit 1 0 Local Keypad Potentiometer 1 A142 Internal Freq 2 Analog Input 1 3 Analog Input 2 4 A143 A146 Preset Freq x T051 T053 Digital Inx Sel must be set to 4 5 Communications Reserved Digit 2 Reserved Digit 3 Values Default Read Only Min Max 0 99 Display 1 d302 Contrl In Status Related Parameter s b002 P036 T051 T054 Status of the control terminal block control inputs Imp
201. r section i See page 4 1 for a description of fault types 2 Replace drive if fault cannot be cleared Common Symptoms and Corrective Actions Motor does not Start Cause s Indication Corrective Action No output voltage to the motor None Check the power circuit e Check the supply voltage e Check all fuses and disconnects Check the motor e Verify that the motor is connected properly Check the control input signals e Verify that a Start signal is present If 2 Wire control is used verify that either the Run Forward or Run Reverse signal is active but not both e Verify that I O Terminal 01 is active e Verify that P036 Start Source matches your configuration e Verify that A166 Reverse Disable is not prohibiting movement Oo Drive is Faulted Flashing red status light Clear fault e Press Stop e Cycle power e Set A197 Fault Clear to option 1 Clear Faults e Cycle digital input if T051 T054 Digital Inx Sel is set to option 7 Clear Fault PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMO01l EN P 4 6 Troubleshooting Drive does not Start from Start or Run Inputs wired to the terminal block Cause s Indication Corrective Action Drive is Faulted Flashing red status light Clear fault e Press Stop e Cycle power e Set A197 Fault Clear to option 1 Cl
202. r PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMO01l EN P Programming and Parameters 3 51 Advanced Program Group continued A196 Testpoint Sel Related Parameter s d319 Used by Rockwell Automation field service personnel Values Default 1024 Min Max 1024 65535 Display 1 A197 Fault Clear Related Parameter s b007 d307 d308 d309 Stop drive before changing this parameter Resets a fault and clears the fault queue Used primarily to clear a fault over network communications Options 0 Ready Idle Default 1 Reset Fault 2 Clear Buffer Clears all fault buffers A198 Program Lock Protects parameters against change by unauthorized personnel Enter a user selected password to lock the parameters via Option 1 Enter the same password to unlock the parameters Options 0 Unlocked Default 1 Locked Locks all parameters 2 Locked Parameter edits allowed over communications network 3 Locked Locks P035 Maximum Freq and A170 Boost Select A199 Motor NP Poles Related Parameter s d323 Sets the motor poles This is used to calculate d323 Output RPM Values Default 4 Min Max 2 40 Display 1 A200 Motor NP FLA Related Parameter s A167 Set to the motor nameplate rated full load amps Values Default Drive Rated Amps Min Max 0 1 Drive Rated Amps x 2 Display
203. r in these parameters in the order they occur d307 Fault 1 Code the most recent fault Repetitive faults will only be recorded once As faults occur this parameter will be overwritten by Fault 7 Code Refer to Chapter 4 for fault code descriptions Values Default Read Only Min Max 0 122 Display 1 d335 Fault 9 Code Related Parameter s A197 With FRN 6 xx and later A code that represents the ninth most recent drive fault The codes will appear in these parameters in the order they occur 4307 Fault 1 Code the most recent fault Repetitive faults will only be recorded once As faults occur this parameter will be overwritten by Fault 8 Code Refer to Chapter 4 for fault code descriptions Values Default Read Only Min Max 0 122 Display 1 d336 Fault 10 Code Related Parameter s A197 With FRN 6 xx and later A code that represents the tenth most recent drive fault The codes will appear in these parameters in the order they occur 307 Fault 1 Code the most recent fault Repetitive faults will only be recorded once As faults occur this parameter will be overwritten by Fault 9 Code Refer to Chapter 4 for fault code descriptions Values Default Read Only Min Max 0 122 Display 1 d337 Fault 4 Time hr Related Parameter s A195 d316 With FRN 6 xx and later Displays the value of the d316 Elapsed Time hr parameter when the fault occurred Values Defa
204. ramming and Parameters 3 75 Parameter Name Number Group Page Status Fault d327 Advanced Display 3 65 Stop Mode P037 Basic Program 3 9 SW Current Trip A183 Advanced Program 3 47 Testpoint Data d319 Advanced Display 3 64 Testpoint Sel A196 Advanced Program 3 51 Torque Current b013 Basic Display 3 6 Wake Deviation A203 Advanced Program 3 52 Wake Level T080 Terminal Block 3 24 Wake PID Preload A210 Advanced Program 3 54 Wake Sel T091 Terminal Block 3 29 Wake Time T081 Terminal Block 3 24 PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UM0011 EN P 3 76 Programming and Parameters Notes PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UM001I EN P Chapter 4 Troubleshooting Chapter 4 provides information to guide you in troubleshooting the PowerFlex 400 drive Included is a listing and description of drive faults with possible solutions when applicable For information on For information on See page Drive Status 4 1 Fault Descriptions 4 3 Faults 4 1 Common Symptoms and 4 5 Corrective Actions Drive Status The condition or state of your drive is constantly monitored Any changes will be indicated through the integral keypad LED Indications See page 2 3 for information on drive status indicators and controls Faults A f
205. rcentage from 0 to 100 100 0 0 Pr PO35 Maximum Freq Value Table G 3 Example Speed Reference and Feedback for a PowerFlex 400 P035 60 Hz Reference Point 92 PCT Output Point 4 Percent Speed Speed Percent 100 60 Hz 60 Hz 100 50 30 Hz 30 Hz 50 25 15 Hz 15 Hz 25 0 0 Hz 0 Hz 0 PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMO01l EN P P1 Floor Level Network FLN G 7 Using P1 Configurable Points to Access Parameters Configurable points are inputs and outputs that let you read and write parameter values These objects handle only 15 bit parameter values 0 32767 Important If a parameter has a decimal point the value must be properly scaled by the user For example Accel Time has two decimal places To use the value 60 00 the scaled value 6000 must be communicated to the drive The scaled value 6000 will be returned Reading Parameter Values The configurable points may show any parameter in the drive by configuring the Param in the Read Param point The drive reads the value of the parameter configured in the Param for the Read Param point and shows the result in the Read Value point The Param for the Read Param point default to commonly accessed parameters and can be changed if desired A 0 disables the fetching of data and a 0 is returned in the Read Value point See Figure G l and Table G 4 Figure
206. reconnect to a spinning motor at actual RPM Important When this parameter is enabled verify that A200 Motor NP FLA is set to the motors actual full load amp value Options 0 Disabled Default 1 Enabled PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOOtI EN P 3 42 Programming and Parameters Advanced Program Group continued A168 PWM Frequency Related Parameter s A169 Sets the carrier frequency for the PWM output waveform The chart below provides derating guidelines based on the PWM frequency setting Important Ignoring derating guidelines can cause reduced drive performance Values Default 4 0 kHz Min Max 2 0 10 0 kHz Frame C and D drives 2 0 8 0 kHz Frame E F G and H drives Displav 0 1 kHz 100 96 92 88 84 80 76 72 8 68 64 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Carrier Frequencv kHz A169 PWM Mode Related Parameter s A168 Selects the PWM algorithm used Options 0 Space Vector 3 Phase Modulation Provides quiet operation and produces less motor losses 1 2 Phase Default 2 Phase Modulation Provides less drive losses and best performance with long motor cable runs PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMO01l EN P Programming and Parameters 3 43 Advanced Program Group continued A170 Boost Select Related Parameter s b004 PO31 PO32 A171
207. rection PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMO01l EN P Programming and Parameters 3 19 T065 16 Logic In 1 An input is programmed as Logic In 1 and is active Options 17 Logic In 2 An input is programmed as Logic In 2 and is active Cont 34 Faut with FRN 7 xx Opto output is inactive when power is applied to the drive and and later is active when a fault occurs This is inverted from Option 0 Readv Fault T066 Opto Out Level Related Parameter s T065 T068 A163 d318 V7 32 bit parameter Determines the on off point for the opto output when T065 Opto Out Sel is set to option 6 7 8 9 10 or 12 T065 Setting T066 Min Max 6 0 400 Hz 7 0 180 8 0 815 Volts 9 0 100 10 1 180 degs 12 0 1 Values Default 0 0 Min Max 0 0 9999 Display 0 1 T068 Opto Out Logic Related Parameter s 1065 T066 Determines the logic Normally Open NO or Normally Closed NC of the opto output T068 Option Opto Out Logic 0 NO Normally Open 1 NC Normally Closed Note Setting output to NC may cause output to glitch on power up The off reset state of all outputs is open Values Default 0 Min Max 0 1 Display 1 PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOOtI EN P 3 20 Programming and Parameters Terminal Block Group continued T069
208. rmation Table B 4 Bulletin 1321 3R Series Line Reactors 200 240V 60 Hz Three Phase Catalog Number Maximum Fundamental Continuous Inductance Watts IP00 IP11 kW HP Amps Amps mh Loss Open Style NEMA Type 1 3 Impedance 22 130 12 18 1 25 26 1321 3R12 A 1321 3RA12 A 37 150 18 27 0 8 36 1321 3R18 A 1321 3RA18 A 55 175 125 37 5 0 5 48 1321 3R25 A 1321 3RA25 A 75 10 135 52 5 0 4 49 1321 3R35 A 1321 3RA35 A 11 115 145 67 5 0 3 54 1321 3R45 A 1821 3RA45 A 15 20 55 82 5 0 25 64 1321 3R55 A 1821 3RA55 A 18 5 25 80 120 0 2 82 1321 3R80 A 1321 3RA80 A 22 30 80 120 0 2 82 1321 3R80 A 1321 3RA80 A 30 40 100 150 0 15 94 1321 3R100 A 1321 3RA100 A 37 150 130 195 0 1 108 1321 3R130 A 1321 3RA130 A 5 Impedance 22 3 0 12 18 25 31 1321 3R12 B 1321 3RA12 B 3 7 150 18 27 1 5 43 1321 3R18 B 1321 3RA18 B 55 75 28 37 5 1 2 52 1321 3R25 B 1321 3RA25 B 75 10 135 52 5 0 8 54 1321 3R35 B 1321 3RA35 B 11 115 145 67 5 0 7 62 1321 3R45 B 1821 3RA45 B 15 120 55 82 5 0 5 67 1321 3R55 B 1821 3RA55 B 18 5 25 80 120 0 4 86 1321 3R80 B 1321 3RA80 B 22 30 80 120 0 4 86 1321 3R80 B 1321 3RA80 B 30 40 100 150 0 3 84 1321 3R100 B 1321 3RA100 B 37 150 1130 195 0 2 180 1321 3R130 B 1321 3RA130 B PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UM001I EN P
209. rminal Block controls drive operation e 1 O Terminal 01 Stop Coast to Stop e 1 O Terminal 02 Run FWD e 1 O Terminal 03 Run REV 3 2 W Lvl Sens O Terminal Block controls drive operation Default e 1 O Terminal 01 Stop Coast to Stop e 1 O Terminal 02 Run FWD See Attention 1 0 Terminal 03 Run REV Below Drive will restart after a Stop command when e Stop is removed and Run FWD is held active 4 2 W Hi Speed I O Terminal Block controls drive operation e 1 O Terminal 01 Stop Coast to Stop e 1 O Terminal 02 Run FWD e 1 O Terminal 03 Run REV Outputs are kept in a ready to run state The drive will respond to a Start command within 10 ms Important There is greater potential voltage on the output terminals when using this option 5 Comm Port Remote communications controls drive operation e 1 O Terminal 01 Stop Coast to Stop e 1 O Terminal 02 Not Used e 1 0 Terminal 03 Not Used 6 2 W LvI Enbl 1 0 Terminal Block controls drive operation e 1 O Terminal 01 Function Loss Fault and Coast to Stop See Attention 1 O Terminal 02 Run FWD Below e 1 O Terminal 03 SW Enable Drive will restart after a Stop command when e Stop is removed and Run FWD is held active ATTENTION Hazard of injury exists due to unintended operation When PO36 Start Source is set to option 3 or option 6 and the Run input is maintained the Run inputs do not
210. rogram Decel Time 1 P040 Basic Program 3 11 Decel Time 2 A148 Advanced Program 3 36 Digital In1 Sel T051 Terminal Block 3 12 Digital In2 Sel T052 Terminal Block 3 12 Digital In3 Sel T053 Terminal Block 3 12 Digital In4 Sel T054 Terminal Block 3 12 Drive OL Mode A182 Advanced Program 3 47 Drive Status b006 Basic Display 3 5 Drive Temp b014 Basic Display 3 6 Drive Type d321 Advanced Display 3 64 Elapsed MWh b011 Basic Display 3 6 Elapsed Run Time b012 Basic Display 3 6 Elapsed Time hr d316 Advanced Display 3 63 Elapsed Time min d317 Advanced Display 3 63 Fault 1 Code b007 Basic Display 3 5 Fault 1 Code d307 Advanced Display 3 62 Fault 1 Time hr d310 Advanced Display 3 62 Fault 1 Time min d311 Advanced Display 3 62 Fault 2 Code d308 Advanced Display 3 62 Fault 2 Time hr d312 Advanced Display 3 63 Fault 2 Time min d313 Advanced Display 3 63 Fault 3 Code d309 Advanced Display 3 62 Fault 3 Time hr d314 Advanced Display 3 63 Fault 3 Time min d315 Advanced Display 3 63 Fault 4 Code d330 Advanced Display 3 66 Fault 4 Time hr d337 Advanced Display 3 67 Fault 4 Time min 14338 Advanced Display 3 68 Fault 5 Code d331 Advanced Displa
211. ror is changing at 1 second A larger value for PID Diff Rate makes the differential term have more of an effect and a small value makes it have less of an effect In many applications the D gain is not needed Setting PID Diff Rate to 0 00 factory default disables the differential component of the PID loop PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOOtI EN P D 10 Application Notes Guidelines for Adjusting the PID Gains 1 Adjust the proportional gain During this step it may be desirable to disable the integral gain and differential gain by setting them to 0 After a step change in the PID Feedback If the response is too slow increase A154 PID Prop Gain If the response is too quick and or unstable see Figure D 1 decrease A154 PID Prop Gain Typically A154 PID Prop Gain is set to some value below the point where the PID begins to go unstable 2 Adjust the integral gain leave the proportional gain set as in Step 1 After a step change in the PID Feedback If the response is too slow see Figure D 2 or the PID Feedback does not become equal to the PID Reference decrease A155 PID Integ Time If there is a lot of oscillation in the PID Feedback before settling out see Figure D 3 increase A155 PID Integ Time 3 At this point the differential gain may not be needed However if after determining the values for A154 PID Prop Gain and A155
212. s e Bulletin 140M can be used up stream from the drive without the need for fuses PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMO01l EN P Voltage Rating 200 240V AC 3 Phase 380 480V AC 3 Phase Installation Wiring 1 13 Table 1 B Recommended Branch Circuit Protective Devices Drive Rating Fuse Rating 140M Motor Recommended Min Enclosure kW HP Amps Protectors 3 MCS Contactors Volume Catalog No Catalog No Inches 2 2 3 0 20 140M F8E C16 100 C23 5098 3 7 5 0 30 140M F8E C25 100 C37 5098 5 5 7 5 35 140M F8E C32 100 C37 5098 7 5 10 45 140M F8E C45 100 C45 5098 11 15 70 100 C60 15 20 90 100 C85 18 5 25 100 100 D95 ii 22 30 125 100 D110 30 40 175 100 D180 ii 37 50 200 100 D180 2 2 3 0 10 140M D8E C10 100 C09 5098 4 0 5 0 20 140M D8E C16 100 C16 5098 5 5 7 5 20 140M D8E C16 100 C23 5098 7 5 10 25 140M D8E C20 100 C23 5098 11 15 30 140M F8E C32 100 C30 5098 15 20 40 140M F8E C32 100 C37 5098 18 5 25 50 140M F8E C45 100 C60 9086 22 30 60 100 C60 30 40 80 100 C85 37 50 100 100 C85 ii 45 60 125 100 D110 55 75 150 100 D140 75 100 200 100 D180 90 125 250 100 D210 110 150 250 100 D250 132 200 300 100 D300 160 250 400 100 D42
213. s RTU Protocol Standard RS485 wiring practices apply Termination resistors need to be applied at each end of the network cable RS485 repeaters may need to be used for long cable runs or if greater than 32 nodes are needed on the network Parameter Configuration The following PowerFlex 400 parameters are used to configure the drive to operate on a network Parameter Details Reference PO36 Start Source Set to 5 RS485 DSI Port if Start is controlled from Page 3 8 the network P038 Speed Reference Set to 5 RS485 DSI Port if the Speed Reference is Page 3 10 controlled from the network C102 Comm Format Sets the transmission mode data bits parity and stop Page 3 31 bits for the RS485 DSI Port All nodes on the network must be set to the same setting C103 Comm Data Rate Sets the data rate for the RS485 DSI Port All nodes Page 3 31 on the network must be set to the same data rate C104 Comm Node Addr Sets the node address for the drive on the network Page 3 32 Each device on the network requires a unique node address C105 Comm Loss Action Selects the drive s response to communication Page 3 32 problems C106 Comm Loss Time Sets the time that the drive will remain in Page 3 32 communication loss before the drive implements C105 Comm Loss Action C107 Comm Write Mode Determines whether parameter changes made over Page 3 31 communication port
214. s applied This indicates Default that the drive is ready for operation Relay returns drive to shelf state when power is removed or a fault occurs 1 At Frequency Drive reaches commanded frequency 2 MotorRunning Motor is receiving power from the drive 3 Hand Active Active when drive is in local control 4 Motor Overld Motor overload condition exists 5 Ramp Reg Ramp regulator is modifying the programmed accel decel times to avoid an overcurrent or overvoltage fault from occurring 6 Above Freq e Drive exceeds the frequency Hz value set in T056 Relay Outi Level e Use T056 to set threshold 7 Above Cur e Drive exceeds the current Amps value set in T056 Relay Out1 Level e Use T056 to set threshold Important Value for T056 Relay Out1 Level must be entered in percent of drive rated output current 8 Above DCVolt e Drive exceeds the DC bus voltage value set in T056 Relay Outi Level e Use T056 to set threshold 9 Above Anlg 2 e Analog input voltage I O Terminal 17 exceeds the value set in T056 Relay Out1 Level e Do not use if 1073 Analog In 2 Sel is set to 3 Voltage Mode Bipolar e This parameter setting can also be used to indicate a PTC trip point when the input I O Terminal 17 is wired to a PTC and external resistor e Use T056 to set threshold 10 Above PF Ang e Power Factor angle has exc
215. serial converter to 1203 SNM Converter DriveExplorer on a handheld PC Universal Serial Bus Includes 2m USB 20 HIM H10 amp 22 HIM H10 1203 USB USB Converter cables Splitter Cable RJ45 one to two port splitter cable AK U0 RJ45 SC1 Terminating Resistors RJ45 120 Ohm resistors 2 pieces AK U0 RJ45 TR1 Terminal Block RJ45 Two position terminal block 5 pieces AK U0 RJ45 TB2P DriveExplorer Software Windows based software package that provides an 9306 4EXPO1ENE CD ROM Version 3 01 intuitive means for monitoring or configuring or later Allen Bradley drives and communication adapters online Compatibility Windows 95 98 ME NT 4 0 Service Pack 3 or later 2000 XP and CE DriveExecutive software Windows based software package that provides an 9303 4DTEO1ENE CD ROM Version 1 01 intuitive means for monitoring or configuring or later Allen Bradley drives and communication adapters online and offline Compatibility Windows 98 ME NT 4 0 Service Pack 3 or later 2000 and XP Serial Flash Firmware Use a PC to update drive firmware AK U9 FLSH1 Kit i See www ab com drives driveexplorer htm for supported devices PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UM001I EN P Accessories and Dimensions B 7 Table B 10 Human Interface Module HIM Option Kits and Accessories Item Description Catalog Number Tar Display Remote Pa
216. son if a drive sharing a conduit is being serviced or installed all drives using this conduit should be disabled This will help minimize the possible shock hazard from cross coupled power leads Motor Cable Types Acceptable for 200 600 Volt Installations A variety of cable types are acceptable for drive installations For many installations unshielded cable is adequate provided it can be separated from sensitive circuits As an approximate guide allow a spacing of 0 3 meters 1 foot for every 10 meters 32 8 feet of length In all cases long parallel runs must be avoided Do not use cable with an insulation thickness less than 15 mils 0 4 mm 0 015 in Do not route more than three sets of motor leads in a single conduit to minimize cross talk If more than three drive motor connections per conduit are required shielded cable must be used UL installations must use 600V 75 C or 90 C wire Use copper wire only Unshielded THHN THWN or similar wire is acceptable for drive installation in dry environments provided adequate free air space and or conduit fill rates limits are provided Do not use THHN or similarly coated wire in wet areas Any wire chosen must have a minimum insulation thickness of 15 mils and should not have large variations in insulation concentricity Shielded Armored Cable Shielded cable contains all of the general benefits of multi conductor cable with the added benefit of a copper braided shield
217. splay 0 1 A163 Auto Rstrt Tries Related Parameter s T055 T060 T065 T066 A164 Sets the maximum number of times the drive attempts to reset a fault and restart Clear a Type 1 fault and restart the drive 1 Set A163 Auto Rstrt Tries to a value other than 0 2 Set A164 Auto Rstrt Delay to a value other than 0 Clear an OverVoltage UnderVoltage or Heatsink OvrTmp fault without restarting the drive 1 Set A163 Auto Rstrt Tries to a value other than 0 2 Set A164 Auto Rstrt Delay to 0 Note If the parameter is not set to zero and Auto Rstrt Time is set to zero auto fault clear is enabled This feature automatically clears faults but does not restart the drive ATTENTION Equipment damage and or personal injury may result if this parameter is used in an inappropriate application Do not use this function without considering applicable local national and international codes standards regulations or industry guidelines Values Default 0 Min Max 0 9 Display 1 A164 Auto Rstrt Delay Related Parameter s A163 Sets the time between restart attempts when A163 Auto Rstrt Tries is set to a value other than zero Note If the parameter is not set to zero and Auto Rstrt Time is set to zero auto fault clear is enabled This feature automatically clears faults but does not restart the drive Values Default 1 0 Secs Min Max 0 0 160 0 Secs Display 0 1 Secs PowerFlex
218. t 2 determines the drive current limit level 20 Force DC If the drive is not running applying this input causes the drive to apply a DC Holding current use A177 DC Brake Level ignoring A176 DC Brake Time while the input is applied 21 Mtr I Lock 1 Can be used as a protective motor interlock in Auxiliary 22 Mtr l Lock 2 Motor Control mode When programmed but not active input will prevent corresponding motor from operating 23 Mtr I Look 3 Refer to Appendix C for details 24 Mtr l Lock 4 25 Cmd Reverse When programmed and active the drive will run in the reverse direction when started from the integral keypad 31 Logic In 1 Input 1 used by digital output settings 32 Logic In 2 Input 2 used by digital output settings 36 Damper Input e When active drive is allowed to run normally e When inactive drive is forced into sleep mode and is prevented from accelerating to commanded speed 1 This function may be tied to one input only PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOOtI EN P 3 14 Programming and Parameters Terminal Block Group continued T055 Relay Out1 Sel Related Parameter s P033 T056 T058 T059 T069 T072 T073 T076 A163 d318 Sets the condition that changes the state of the output relay contacts Options 0 Ready Fault Relay changes state when power i
219. t prior to with FRN 6 xx and signal loss or last PID reference prior to signal loss when later used as a PID reference T073 Analog In 2 Sel Related Parameter s P038 T055 T065 T074 T075 T076 A152 Sets the analog input signal mode 0 20mA 4 20mA 0 10V 10 to 10V This parameter must match DIP Switch Al2 setting on the control board T073 Option Setting Input Range DIP Switch Al2 Setting 0 Current Mode 0 20 mA 20 mA 1 Current Mode 4 20 mA 20 mA 2 Voltage Mode Unipolar 0 10V 10V 30 Voltage Mode Bipolar 10 to 10V 10V 4 Current Mode Square Root 0 20 mA 20 mA 5 Current Mode Square Root 4 20 mA 20 mA 6 Voltage Mode Unipolar Square Root 0 10V 10V 70 Voltage Mode Bipolar Square Root 10 to 10V 10V 1 Setting 3 is only available on Analog In 2 Sel Input 2 is isolated and supports a bi polar input so that setting 3 determines if the voltage input is enabled for bipolar control If bipolar is selected P034 Minimum Freq and T074 Analog In 2 Lo are ignored If input 2 is set up for current control Bipolar mode is not possible If the analog input is inverted Analog In 2 Lo gt Analog In 2 Hil Bipolar mode is disabled and this input uses unipolar control only negative values are treated like zero Values Default 2 Min Max 0 7 Display 1 PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOOtI EN P 3 22 Pro
220. t to be controlled over network communications by writing to 1061 Relay Out2 Level 0 Off 1 On 13 Retries Exst Value set in A163 Auto Rstrt Tries is exceeded 14 NonRec Fault e Number of retries for A163 Auto Rstrt Tries is exceeded e Non resettable fault occurs OR e A163 Auto Rstrt Tries is not enabled 15 Reverse Drive is commanded to run in reverse direction 16 Logic In 1 An input is programmed as Logic In 1 and is active 17 Logic In 2 An input is programmed as Logic In 2 and is active PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOO1l EN P Programming and Parameters 3 17 T060 23 Aux Motor Auxiliary Motor is commanded to run Refer to Appendix C for Options details Cont 24 Fault with FRN 7 xx Relay remains in the off state when power is applied to the and later drive and energizes when a fault occurs This is inverted from Option 0 Readv Fault T061 Relay Out2 Level Related Parameter s T060 T063 T064 d318 V7 32 bit parameter Sets the trip point for the digital output relay if the value of T060 Relay Out2 Sel is 6 7 8 9 10 or 12 T060 Setting T061 Min Max 6 0 320 Hz 7 0 180 8 0 815 Volts 9 0 100 10 1 180 degs 12 0 1 Values Default 0 0 Min Max 0 0 9999 Display 0 1 T063 Relay 2 On Time Related Parameter s T060 T061 T064 Sets
221. te radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the User Manual may cause harmful interference to radio communications Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at their own expense Essential Requirements for FCC Compliance Conditions 1 4 listed below must be satisfied for PowerFlex 400 drives to meet the requirements of FCC Part 15 Subpart B 1 Grounding as described in Figure 1 14 Refer to page 1 12 for additional grounding recommendations 2 Output power control I O and signal wiring must be braided shielded cable with a coverage of 75 or better metal conduit or equivalent attenuation 3 All shielded cables should terminate with the proper shield connector 4 Conditions in Table 1 L Table 1 L PowerFlex 400 FCC Part 15 Subpart B Compliance PowerFlex 400 Drive Required Filter Restrict Motor Install Drive and kW HP jCat No Cable to Meters Filter in Enclosure 200 240 Volts 2 2 3 0 22C BO12N103 22 RF034 CS 10 No 3 7 6 0 22C B0O17N103 22 RF034 CS 10 No 5 5 7 5 22C B024N103 22 RF034 CS 10 No 7 5 10 22C B033N103 22 RF034 CS 10 No 11 15 22C B049A103 22 RFD070 150 Required 15 20 22C B065A103 22 RFD100 150 Required 18 5 25 22C B075A103 22 RFD100 150 Required 22 30 22C B090A103 2
222. tective earth If using the RS485 DSI port I O Terminal 20 should also be connected to ground terminal protective earth PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UM001I EN P Installation Wiring 1 21 Figure 1 10 Control Wiring Block Diagram Typical Typical aj Loss 18 SRC Wiring SNK Wiring D 1 of 7 Digital Input Circuits 01 o Oo 2 Ea L 02 Start Run FWD Mar o MN P Enable 5 Direction Run REV es Jumper Digital C SNK G ae SRC 04 igital Common 7v Digital Input 1 ENBL gt o5 Heee oo 06 Digital Input 2 or eee 07 Digital Input 3 a ee 08 Digital Input 4 ers ors Digital Common 0 m o 10 Opto Common 1 Relay N O 1 Relay Common F KAN 11 24V DC Source 1 Relay N C f Earth Referenced 6 HOV 10V DC Source x Frames D amp E T 12 it 0 10V Analog Input 1 AI 20m LS i 2 Relay N O i SE a Analog Common 1 i l Y Pot must bi 2 Relay Common 010V mi Analog Output 1 A01 jose 42 Relay N C x EORI SE 2 Watt Min Analog Output 2 AO2 0 20mA 16 isolated 2 jpa q7 Analog Input 2
223. ted Parameter s b011 A195 Accumulated output energy of the drive This parameter works in conjunction with Elapsed MWh When the maximum value of this parameter is reached this parameter resets to zero and Elapsed MWh is incremented Values Default Read Only Min Max 0 0 100 0 kWh Display 0 1 kWh PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMO01l EN P Programming and Parameters 3 7 Basic Program Group P031 Motor NP Volts Related Parameter s b004 A170 A171 A172 A173 Stop drive before changing this parameter Set to the motor nameplate rated volts Values Default Based on Drive Rating Min Max 20 Drive Rated Volts Display 1 VAC P032 Motor NP Hertz Related Parameter s A170 A171 A172 A173 A181 A182 Stop drive before changing this parameter Set to the motor nameplate rated frequency Values Default 60 Hz Min Max 15 320 Hz Display 1Hz P033 Motor OL Current Related Parameter s P042 T055 T060 T065 A175 A179 A180 A181 A183 Set to the maximum allowable motor current The drive will fault on an F7 Motor Overload if the value of this parameter is exceeded by 150 for 60 seconds Values Default Drive Rated Amps Min Max 0 0 Drive Rated Amps x 2 Display 0 1 Amps P034 Minimum Freq Related Parameter s b001 b002 P035 T070 T074 A171 A172 A173 d302 Sets the lowest frequency
224. the drive will output continuously Values Default 0 0 Hz Min Max 0 0 320 0 Hz Display 0 1 Hz P035 Maximum Freq Related Parameter s b001 b002 P034 T071 T075 T082 T083 T085 T086 A171 A172 A173 d302 Stop drive before changing this parameter Sets the highest frequency the drive will output Values Default 60 0 Hz Min Max 0 0 320 0 Hz Display 0 1 Hz PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UM0011 EN P 3 8 Programming and Parameters Basic Program Group continued P036 Start Source Related Parameter s P037 P042 A166 d301 Stop drive before changing this parameter Sets the control scheme used to start the drive when in Auto Remote mode Refer to Start and Speed Reference Control on page 1 28 for details about how other drive settings can override the setting of this parameter Important For all settings except options 3 and 6 the drive must receive a leading edge from the start input for the drive to start after a stop input loss of power or fault condition Options 0 Keypad ntegral keypad controls drive operation e 1 O Terminal 01 Stop Coast to Stop e 1 0 Terminal 02 Not Used e 1 0 Terminal 03 Not Used 1 3 Wire O Terminal Block controls drive operation e 1 O Terminal 01 Stop Per P037 Stop Mode e 1 O Terminal 02 Start e 1 O Terminal 03 Direction 2 2 Wire O Te
225. the operation mode of the control keys on the integral keypad Hand Off Auto Mode In HAND mode Control keys operate as Hand Off Auto Start command and speed reference come from the integral keypad Start Hand and Digital Speed Increment and Decrement keys Auto key switches control from HAND mode to AUTO mode in a bumpless transfer as long as there is an active Run command In AUTO mode Auto key LED is illuminated Start command is defined by P036 Start Source Speed Reference command is defined by PO38 Speed Reference Start Hand key switches control to the integral keypad in a bumpless transfer and switches the speed reference to the integral keypad Stop key stops the drive and the drive switches to HAND mode Table 2 A P042 Auto Mode 1 Hnd Off Auto Default HAND T051 T054 Digital Inx Sel 2 Auto Mode or 3 Local HAND Mode AUTO Mode LED Key Function LED Key Function On Starts drive On Changes to HAND Mode and Starts Runs according to Speed Increment drive O Decrement keys 12 Runs according to Speed Increment Decrement kevs On Changes speed Off Not active ci _ Keys are only active if P038 Speed Source 0 Drive Pot CH ECC Off Changes to AUTO Mode On Not active g AUTO N A Stops drive N A Changes to HAND Mode and Stops drive e OFF Important Certain digital input settings can override drive operation
226. tive frequency command Displays the commanded frequency even if the drive is not running Important The frequency command can come from a number of sources Refer to Start and Speed Reference Control on page 1 28 for details Values Default Read Only Min Max 0 00 P035 Maximum Freq Display 0 01 Hz b003 Output Current The output current present at T1 T2 amp T3 U V amp W Values Default Read Only Min Max 0 0 Drive Rated Amps x 2 Display 0 1 Amps b004 Output Voltage Related Parameter s P031 A170 A174 Output voltage present at terminals T1 T2 amp T3 U V amp W Values Default Read Only Min Max 0 510 Display 1 VAC b005 DC Bus Voltage Present DC bus voltage level Values Default Read Only Min Max 0 820 Display 1 VDC PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UM0011 EN P Programming and Parameters 3 5 Basic Display Group continued b006 Drive Status Related Parameter s A166 Present operating condition of the drive 1 Condition True 0 Condition False Running Bit 1 Forward Bit 2 Accelerating Bit 3 Decelerating Bit 4 Values Default Read Only Min Max 0 1 Displav 1 b007 Fault 1 Code Related Parameter s A186 A197 d307 d315 A code that represents a drive fault Fault 1 Code is the most recent fault Repetitive faults will only be recorded once Refer to Chapt
227. ttempted to reset a fault and resume running for the programmed number of A163 Auto Rstrt Tries F38 Phase U to Gnd OD A phase to ground fault has F39 Phase V to Gnd been detected between the F40 Phase W to Gnd drive and motor in this phase F41 Phase UV Short Excessive current has been F42 Phase UW Short detected between these two F43 Phase VW Short output terminals F48 Params The drive was commanded to Defaulted write default values to EEPROM F63 SW OverCurrent D Programmed A183 SW Current Trip has been exceeded F64 Drive Overload Drive rating of 110 for 1 minute or 150 for 3 seconds has been exceeded F70 Power Unit Failure has been detected in the drive power section F71 Net Loss The communication network has faulted i See page 4 1 for a description of fault types Troubleshooting Action Check for load loss i e a broken belt Check incoming power for a missing phase or blown fuse If drive is used intentionally with single phase input apply output derating to 35 actual drive rating 1 Check parameters 2 Check for broken loose connections at inputs Make sure cooling fans are clear of debris and spinning freely Replace fan if necessary Correct the cause of the fault and manually clear 1 Check the wiring between the drive and motor Check motor for grounded phase Replace drive if fault cannot be cleared Check the motor and
228. uantity 1 Isolated 10 to 10V or 4 20mA 1 Non isolated 0 to 10V or 4 20mA Specification Resolution 10 bit 0 to 10V DC Analog 100k ohm input impedance 4 20mA Analog 250 ohm input impedance External Pot 1 10k ohm 2 Watt minimum PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOO1l EN P Supplemental Drive Information A 5 Category Specification Control Outputs Relay Quantity 2 Programmable Form C Specification Resistive Rating 3 0A at 30V DC 3 0A at 125V 3 0A at 240V AC Inductive Rating 0 5A at 30V DC 0 5A at 125V 0 5A at 240V AC Optional Quantitv 6 Optional Programmable Form A Relay Card Not available for Frame C drives Specification Resistive Rating 0 1A at 30V DC Class II circuits 3 0A at 125V 3 0A at 240V AC Inductive Rating 0 1A at 30V DC Class II circuits 3 0A at 125V 3 0A at 240V AC Opto Quantity 1 Programmable Specification 30V DC 50mA Non inductive Analog Quantity 2 Non Isolated 0 10V or 4 20mA Specification Resolution 10 bit 0 to 10V DC Analog 1k ohm minimum 4 20mA Analog 525 ohm maximum Keypad Display Integral 2 line by 16 character LCD with 5 LED Indicators Languages English Fran ais Espa ol Italiano Deutsch Portugu s Nederlands Communication Type Serial RS485 Supported Drive Serial Interface DSI Protocols JModbus RTU Standard Metasys N2 P1 Floor Level Network FLN Supp
229. ult Read Only Min Max 0 32767 Hr Display 1Hr PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOOtI EN P 3 68 Programming and Parameters Advanced Display Group continued d338 Fault 4 Time min Related Parameter s A195 d317 With FRN 6 xx and later Displays the value of the d317 Elapsed Time min parameter when the fault occurred Values Default Read Only Min Max 0 0 60 0 Min Display 0 1 Min d339 Fault 5 Time hr Related Parameter s A195 d316 With FRN 6 xx and later Displays the value of the d316 Elapsed Time hr parameter when the fault occurred Values Default Read Only Min Max 0 32767 Hr Display 1Hr d340 Fault 5 Time min Related Parameter s A195 d317 With FRN 6 xx and later Displays the value of the d317 Elapsed Time min parameter when the fault occurred Values Default Read Only Min Max 0 0 60 0 Min Display 0 1 Min d341 Fault 6 Time hr Related Parameter s A195 d316 With FRN 6 xx and later Displays the value of the d316 Elapsed Time hr parameter when the fault occurred Values Default Read Only Min Max 0 32767 Hr Display 1Hr d342 Fault 6 Time min Related Parameter s A195 d317 With FRN 6 xx and later Displays the value of the d317 Elapsed Time min parameter when the fault occurred Values Default Read Only Min Max 0 0 60 0 Min Display 0 1 Min PowerFlex 400 Adjusta
230. ult can be cleared See Table 4 A 3 After corrective action has been taken clear the fault by one of these methods e Press Stop if P037 Stop Mode is set to a value between 0 and 3 e Cycle drive power e Set A197 Fault Clear to 1 or 2 e Cycle digital input if T051 T054 Digital Inx Sel is set to option 10 Clear Fault Automatically Clearing Faults Clear a Type 1 fault and restart the drive 1 Set A163 Auto Rstrt Tries to a value other than 0 2 Set A164 Auto Rstrt Delay to a value other than 0 Clear an OverVoltage UnderVoltage or Heatsink OvrTmp fault without restarting the drive 1 Set A163 Auto Rstrt Tries to a value other than 0 2 Set A164 Auto Rstrt Delay to 0 Auto Restart Reset Run The Auto Restart feature allows the drive to automatically perform a fault reset followed by a start attempt without user or application intervention This allows remote or unattended operation Only certain faults are allowed to be reset Certain faults Type 2 that indicate possible drive component malfunction are not resettable Caution should be used when enabling this feature since the drive will attempt to issue its own start command based on user selected programming PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UM0011 EN P riptions Troubleshooting 4 3 Table 4 4 Fault Types Descriptions and Actio
231. ults 00 No Command 01 Forward Command 5 4 10 Reverse Command 11 No Command 6 1 Local Control 0 Comm Control 7 1 MOP Increment 0 Not Increment 00 No Command 01 Accel Rate 1 Enable 9 8 10 Accel Rate 2 Enable 8192 11 Hold Accel Rate Selected 00 No Command 01 Decel Rate 1 Enable 10 Decel Rate 2 Enable 11 Hold Decel Rate Selected 000 No Command 001 Freq Source P038 Speed Reference 010 Freq Source A142 Internal Freq 011 Freq Source Comms Addr 8193 100 A143 Preset Freq 0 101 A144 Preset Freq 1 110 A145 Preset Freq 2 111 A146 Preset Freq 3 15 1 MOP Decrement 0 Not Decrement 1 Local Control causes the drive to use C108 Start Source 2 and C109 Speed Ref 2 for start and speed reference control 11 10 14 13 12 PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOOtI EN P E 4 Modbus RTU Protocol Writing 06 Reference The Speed Reference to a PowerFlex 400 drive can be controlled via the network by sending Function Code 06 writes to register address 8193 Reference P038 Speed Reference must be set to 5 Comm Port in order to accept the Speed Reference In addition to being written register address 8193 can be read using Function Code 03 Reference Address Decimal Description A decimal value entere
232. urce 2 and C109 Speed Ref 2 for start and speed reference control PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOOtI EN P G 4 P1 Floor Level Network FLN Table G 2 Point Database for Application 2735 Point Number Subpoint Name Parameter 01 CTLR ADDRESS C104 02 APPLICATION 03 FREQ OUTPUT b001 04 PCT OUTPUT d322 05 SPEED d323 06 CURRENT b003 07 TORQUE b013 08 POWER b010 09 DRIVE TEMP b014 11 DRIVE MWH b011 12 RUN TIME b012 13 DC BUS VOLT b005 20 OVRD TIME 21 FWD REV MON 22 CMD FWD REV 23 RUN STOP MON b066 bit 1 Running 24 CMD RUN STOP S 25 READY d302 bit 2 I O Terminal 01 26 RUN ENABLE 29 DAY NGT sal 30 CURRENT LIMIT P033 31 ACCEL TIME 1 PO39 82 DECEL TIME 1 P040 33 KEYPAD LOCK A198 36 READ PARAM 37 READ VALUE 38 WRITE PARAM 39 WRITE VALUE 40 DIGITAL OUT 1 T055 T056 41 DIGITAL OUT 2 T060 T061 42 DIGITAL OUT 3 T065 T066 43 OPT RELAY 1 R221 R222 1 44 OPT RELAY 2 R224 R225 1 45 OPT RELAY 3 R227 R228 1 46 OPT RELAY 4 R230 R231 1 47 OPT RELAY 5 R233 R234 1 48 OPT RELAY 6 R236 R237 1 49 DIGITAL IN 1 d302 bit 0 I O Terminal 02 50 DIGITAL IN 2 302 bit 1 I O Terminal 03 51 DIGITAL IN 3 302 bit 2 I O Terminal 01 52 DIGITAL IN 4 d
233. utoSwap Lvl R254 Relay Card 3 59 Aux AutoSwap Tme R253 Relay Card 3 59 Aux Motor Mode R239 Relay Card 3 56 Aux Motor Qty R240 Relay Card 3 57 Aux Prog Delay R252 Relay Card 3 58 Aux Start Delay R250 Relay Card 3 58 Aux Stop Delay R251 Relay Card 3 58 Boost Select A170 Advanced Program 3 43 Break Frequency A173 Advanced Program 3 44 Break Voltage A172 Advanced Program 3 44 Bus Reg Mode A187 Advanced Program 3 48 PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOOtI EN P 3 72 Programming and Parameters Parameter Name Number Group Page Comm Data Rate C103 Communications 3 31 Comm Format C102 Communications 3 31 Comm Loss Action C105 Communications 13 32 Comm Loss Time C106 Communications 3 32 Comm Node Addr C104 Communications 3 32 Comm Status d303 Advanced Display 3 61 Comm Write Mode C107 Communications 13 32 Commanded Freq b002 Basic Display 3 4 Compensation A194 Advanced Program 3 50 Contrl In Status d302 Advanced Display 3 60 Control Source d301 Advanced Display 3 60 Control SW Ver d320 Advanced Display 3 64 Current Limit 1 A179 Advanced Program 3 46 Current Limit 2 A180 Advanced Program 3 46 DC Brake Level A177 Advanced Program 3 45 DC Brake Time A176 Advanced Program 3 45 DC Bus Voltage b005 Basic Display 3 4 DC Bus Ripple V d329 Advanced Display 3 65 DC Brk Time Strt A178 Advanced P
234. uxiliary contact should be used to simultaneously disable drive control run commands Power Terminal Block Frame C D F G and H drives utilize a finger guard over the power wiring terminals Replace the finger guard when wiring is complete Figure 1 8 Power Terminal Blocks Frames C through D RILI SIL2 TL3 UMI VITZ W T3 P2 PI IEGNJENK Frame C 2 RILI S L2 713 Pi pa DC UMi VT2 w r3 e PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMO01l EN P Installation Wiring 1 17 Figure 1 9 Power Terminal Blocks Frames E through H olojoljo Frame E 480V 37 45 KW 50 60 HP ojojo o olo o oooo oooo olojo ofofofo ojojojojo RLISI2TILS P1 P2 DC UTIVT2WT3 Frame E 240V 480V 30 37 kW 55 75 kW 40 50 HP 75 100 HP See note at the bottom of this page Frame F Frame G Frame H SIL2 TL3 DC Important For Frame E 240V 30 37 kW 40 50 HP and 480V 55 75 kW 75 100 HP drives take care to place the wire beneath the jumper and not above it when connecting to terminals P1 and P2 Bottom view of terminal block and wire Jumper Wire Wire Vita s ML Al las Jumper P1 P2 DC Correct Incorrect PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx
235. ve Information Drive Fuse amp Circuit Breaker Ratings A 1 Accessories and Dimensions Specifications A 2 Input Power Connections A 7 Product Selection B 1 Product Dimensions B 8 PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UM001I EN P 2 Table of Contents Appendix C RJ45 DSI Splitter Cable Appendix D Application Notes Appendix E Modbus RTU Protocol Appendix F Metasys N2 Damper Control Setup D 1 PID Setup ee a ee aie dus D 2 Auxiliary Motor Control Setup D 12 Network Wiring E 1 Parameter Configuration E 2 Supported Modbus Function Codes E 2 Writing 06 Logic Command Data E 3 Writing 06 Reference E 4 Reading 03 Logic Status Data E 4 Reading 03 Feedback E 4 Reading 03 Drive Error Codes E 5 Reading 03 and Writing 06 Drive Parameters 4 een eels nent ala E 5 Additional Information E 5 Understanding Metasys N2 F 1 Network Points F 3 Using Percent 90 for the Reference F 5 Using Metasys Configurable Objects to Access Parameters ie ke meaa bi a Pata etes F 6 Appendix G P1 Floor Level Network FLN Index Understanding P1 FLN G 1 Network Points G 2 Using Percent 90
236. y 3 61 PID Setpoint A157 Advanced Program 3 39 PID Trim Hi A150 Advanced Program 3 37 PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FAN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UM001I EN P 3 74 Programming and Parameters Parameter Name Number Group Page PID Trim Lo A151 Advanced Program 3 37 Preset Freq 0 A143 Advanced Program 3 35 Preset Freq 1 A144 Advanced Program 3 35 Preset Freq 2 A145 Advanced Program 3 35 Preset Freq 3 A146 Advanced Program 3 35 Process Display b008 Basic Display 3 5 Process Factor A160 Advanced Program 3 40 Program Lock A198 Advanced Program 3 51 Purge Frequency A141 Advanced Program 3 35 PWM Frequency A168 Advanced Program 3 42 PWM Mode A169 Advanced Program 3 42 Relay 1 Off Time 1059 Terminal Block 3 15 Relay 1 On Time T058 Terminal Block 3 15 Relay 2 Off Time T064 Terminal Block 3 17 Relay 2 On Time T063 Terminal Block 3 17 Relay Out Level T056 Terminal Block 3 15 Relay Out Sel T055 Terminal Block 3 14 Relay Out2 Level T061 Terminal Block 3 17 Relay Out2 Sel T060 Terminal Block 3 16 Relay Out3 Level R222 Relay Card 3 56 Relay Out3 Sel R221 Relay Card 3 55 Relay Out4 Level R225 Relay Card 3 56 Relay Out4 Sel R224 Relay Card 3 55 Relay Out5 Level R228 Relay
237. y 3 66 Fault 5 Time hr d339 Advanced Display 3 68 Fault 5 Time min 14340 Advanced Display 3 68 Fault 6 Code d332 Advanced Display 3 66 Fault 6 Time hr d341 Advanced Display 3 68 Fault 6 Time min 14342 Advanced Display 3 68 Fault 7 Code d333 Advanced Display 3 66 PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOO1l EN P Programming and Parameters 3 73 Parameter Name Number Group Page Fault 7 Time hr d343 Advanced Display 3 69 Fault 7 Time min 14344 Advanced Display 3 69 Fault 8 Code d334 Advanced Display 3 67 Fault 8 Time hr d345 Advanced Display 3 69 Fault 8 Time min d346 Advanced Display 3 69 Fault 9 Code d335 Advanced Display 3 67 Fault 9 Time hr d347 Advanced Display 3 69 Fault 9 Time min 14348 Advanced Display 3 70 Fault10 Code d336 Advanced Display 3 67 Fault10 Time hr d349 Advanced Display 3 70 Fault10 Time min 4350 Advanced Display 3 70 Fault Bus Volts d326 Advanced Display 3 65 Fault Clear A197 Advanced Program 3 51 Fault Current d325 Advanced Display 3 65 Fault Frequency d324 Advanced Display 3 65 Flying Start En A167 Advanced Program 3 41
238. y 4A 4 Relay N O Ready Fault Normally open contact for Number 4 Output Relay R224 4B 4 Relay Common Common for Number 4 Output Relay 5A 5 Relay N O Ready Fault Normally open contact for Number 5 Output Relay R227 5B 5 Relay Common 3 Common for Number 5 Output Relay 6A 6 Relay N O Ready Fault Normally open contact for Number 6 Output Relay R230 6B 6 Relay Common Common for Number 6 Output Relay 7A 7 Relay N O Ready Fault Normally open contact for Number 7 Output Relay R233 7B 7 Relay Common Common for Number 7 Output Relay 8A 48 Relay N O Ready Fault Normally open contact for Number 8 Output Relay R236 8B 8 Relay Common Common for Number 8 Output Relay PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMOOtI EN P 1 24 Installation Wiring VO Wiring Examples Input Output Connection Example Potentiometer 1 10k Ohm Potentiometer Recommended 12 2 Watt Minimum 11 13 TET ls Analog Input Bipolar Speed Reference 10V Input tov le Common Elle 1 Analog Input Unipolar Speed Reference 0 to 10V Input 7 13 Common 4 8 Analog Input Unipolar Speed Reference 4 20 mA Input y ni3 Common ille Analog Output Unipolar 0 to 10V Output e 1k Ohm Minimum e Common 22 Hlie yanlis Tie 9
239. y 1 d310 Fault 1 Time hr Related Parameter s A195 d316 Displays the value of the d316 Elapsed Time hr parameter when the fault occurred Values Default Read Only Min Max 0 32767 Hr Display 1Hr d311 Fault 1 Time min Related Parameter s A195 d317 Displays the value of the d317 Elapsed Time min parameter when the fault occurred Values Default Read Only Min Max 0 0 60 0 Min Display 0 1 Min PowerFlex 400 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive FRN 1 xx 7 xx User Manual Publication 22C UMO01l EN P Programming and Parameters 3 63 Advanced Display Group continued d312 Fault 2 Time hr Related Parameter s A195 d316 Displays the value of the d316 Elapsed Time hr parameter when the fault occurred Values Default Read Only Min Max 0 32767 Hr Display 1Hr d313 Fault 2 Time min Related Parameter s A195 d317 Displays the value of the d317 Elapsed Time min parameter when the fault occurred Values Default Read Only Min Max 0 0 60 0 Min Display 0 1 Min d314 Fault 3 Time hr Related Parameter s A195 d316 Displays the value of the d316 Elapsed Time hr parameter when the fault occurred Values Default Read Only Min Max 0 32767 Hr Display 1Hr d315 Fault 3 Time min Related Parameter s A195 d317 Displays the value of the d317 Elapsed Time min parameter when the fault occurred Values Default Read Only Min Max 0 0 60 0 Min Display 0 1 Min d316 El

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

Axis Communications P3364-V User's Manual    UNIVERSIDADE DE SÃO PAULO ESCOLA DE ENGENHARIA DE  Manual BasicMaker 2008    910H  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file